Digital PDFs

AA-H599C-TB

May 1988

295 pages

Original

8.9MB

Document:	Operators Command Language Reference Manual Oct88
Order Number:	AA-H599C-TB
Revision:	0
Pages:	295
Original Filename:	AA-H599C-TB_Operators_Command_Language_Reference_Manual_Oct88.pdf

OCR Text

TOPS-10
Operator's Command
Language Reference Manual
AA-H599C-TB

October 1988

This manual describes the commands an operator needs.
These Include commands to the OPR program, the OPSER
program, and the monitor commands that require operator
privileges. It also Includes the following OPR command
subsets: CATALOG, CONFIG, LCP, NCP, QUOTA.
This manual supersedes the manual of the same name, order
number AA-H599B-TB, published April 1986.

Operating System:

TOPS-10 Version 7.04

Software:

GALAXY Version 5.1

digital equipment corporation
maynard, massachusetts

First Printing, July 1982
Revised, April 1986
Revised, October 1988

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and should
not be construed as a commitment by Digital Equipment Corporation. Digital
Eq\.tlpment Corporation assumes no responsibility for any errors that may appear
in -this document.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license and may be
used or copied only in accordanc~ with the terms of such license.
No responsibility is assumed for the use or reliability of software on equipment
that is not supplied by Digital Equipment Corporation or Its affiliated companies.
Copyright © 1982, 1986, 1988 Digital Equipment Corporation
All Rights Reserved.
Printed in U.S.A.
The Reader's Comments form on the last page of this document requests the
user's critical evaluation to assist In preparing future documentation.
The following are trademarks of Digital Equipment Corporation:

CI
DDCMP
DEC
DECmaii
DEC net
DECnet-VAX
DEC server
DECserver 100
DECserver 200
DECsystem-10
DECSYSTEM-20

DECtape
DECUS
DECwrlter
DELNI
DELUA
HSC
HSC-50
KA10
KI
KL10
KS10

LA50
LN01
LN03
MASSBUS
PDP
PDP-11/24
PrintServer
PrintServer 40
Q-bus
AeGIS
ASX

SITGO-10
TOPS-10
TOPS-20
TOPS-20AN
UNIBUS
UETP
VAX
VAXNMS
VT50

~DmDDmDTM

CONTENTS

PREFACE
CHAPTER 1
1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.7.1
1.8
CHAPTER 2

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
INTRODUCTION TO OPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
RUNNING OPR . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Starting OPR . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2
Exiting from OPR . . . . . .
. . .
. 1-2
Issuing OPR Commands to/from Remote Stations . . 1-2
Multiple Operators on the System .
. . . . . 1-3
OPR COMMAND FEATURES . . . . . . . . .
. . 1-3
Listing Available Commands . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Using ESCape Recognition . •
. . . . . 1-4
Reprinting Faulty Commands .
. 1-5
Getting Help . . . . . .
. 1-6
Line Continuation
. . . ..
. . . . . 1-6
CONTROLLING SYSTEM EVENTS
. . . . .
1-7
CONTROLLING FAL . . . . .
. . ..
. 1-8
CONTROLLING NQC STREAMS
. . ..
. . . . . . . 1-8
ORION TO OPR MESSAGES
. . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Controlling OPR Message Output .
. . . . 1-10
OPR ERROR MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . 1-11
OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ABORT
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
ALIGN
. . . . . .
BACKSPACE
. . . . . . . .
CANCEL . . .
. . . . . . .
CLOSE
. . . . . . . . .
· . . .
CONTINUE . . . . . .
· . .
DEFINE FILE-ACCESS . .
DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DEFINE NODE
. . . .
. . . . . . . .
DISABLE
. . . .
. . . . . .
. . .
DISMOUNT
........ .
. . . . .
ENABLE . . .
ENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXIT . . . . . . . . .
FORWARD SPACE
HELP . . .
HOLD . . . . . . . .
IDENTIFY
· . .
LOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . .
· . .
MODIFY.
. ....
· . . .
MOUNT
. . . .
. ........ .
NEXT . . . . . . .
. .. .
PUSH .
. ..............
RECOGNIZE
. . . .
. ....... .
RELEASE
. . . . . .
. . . .
REPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REQUEUE
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
· . .
RESPOND
. . . . .
· . . .
RESTRICT .
ROUTE
SEND . .
SET
SET BATCH-STREAM

iii

. 2-2
. 2-5
. 2-7
. . 2-9
. 2-12
. 2-14
2-16
. 2-17
. 2-18
. 2-22
2-27
. 2-29
2-34
2-35
2-36
2-38
2-40
. 2-42
. 2-44
. 2-46
2-49
2-51
. 2-53
2-54
2-56
2-58
.
2-60
. 2-63
2-65
2-66
2-69
2-71
2-72

SET CARD-PUNCH . .
. . . . . . .
SET FAL-STREAM . . . . . . . .
SET JOB . . . .
. . . .
SET KSYS . . . . . . . . . .
........
SET NODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SET NQC-STREAM . . . . .
SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH .
SET PLOTTER . . . . . . . .
SET PRINTER
. . . . .
SET SYSTEM . . . .
.....
SET TAPE-DRIVE . . .
. . . .
SET TERMINAL TYPE . . . .
. . . . .
SET USAGE . . . .
. . . . .
SHOW . . . . . . .
.............
SHOW ALLOCATION
. . ..
.......
SHOW CONTROL-FILE
.
SHOW MESSAGES
. . . .
SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES .
.
SHOW OPERATORS . .
. . . . .
. .
SHOW PARAMETERS
. . . . .
.
SHOW QUEUES
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHOW ROUTE-TABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SHOW STATUS . . . . . . . . ~
. . .
SHOW SYSTEM
. . . . . . .
. . .
SHOW TIME
. . . .
. . . . . .
SHUTDOWN .
. . . .
. .
START.·..
............
STOP . . . . . .
.
SUPPRESS .
. . . . .
. . .
TAKE . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
UNLOCK . . . . .
. . . . .
.
UNRESTRICT
....
. . . . . . . . .
WAIT . . .
. . . . .
. . . . . .
CHAPTER 3
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
CHAPTER 4

2-75
2-78
2-79
2-80
2-83
2-85
2-86
2-88
2-90
2-94
2-96
2-101
2-103
2-106
2-107
2-109
2-111
2-113
2-114
2-116
2-119
2-122
2-123
2-127
2-129
2-130
2-132
2-135
2-138
2-140
2-143
2-145
2-146

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
ENTERING AND EXITING OPR COMMAND SUBSETS . . . · . 3-1
TOP-LEVEL COMMANDS . . . . . .
· . 3-2
CATALOG COMMANDS . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . 3-3
CONFIG COMMANDS
. . . . .
3-19
LCP COMMANDS . . . . . . . .
3-41
NCP COMMANDS .
..... .
. . . . 3-54
QUOTA COMMANDS .
......... .
3-56
TOPS-I0 OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
ATTACH CPU . . . .
ATTACH device . . . . .
ATTACH disk-unit . . . . . . .
ATTACH job . . . . . . . . . .
DETACH device . . . . . . .
DETACH disk-unit .
INITIA
SEND .
SET BREAK
SET CORMAX . . . . . . . . . .
SET CORMIN
SET CPU
SET DATE . . . . . . . . . . . .
SET DAYTIME
SET MEMORY . . .
SET NOMESSAGE
iv

. .
·
·
·
·
. .

.
.
.
.
.
.

4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-7
4-9
4-10
4-11
4-13
4-14
4-15
4-16
4-18
4-19
4-20
4-22

SET OPR
SET SCHED
SET TTY
. . . .
SET ~ . . . .
. ...
XCHNGE . . .
.....
CHAPTER 5
5.1
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.4
APPENDIX A

4-24
4-25
4-26
4-31
4-32

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
INTRODUCTION TO OPSER . . . . .
. .
STARTING OPSER . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commands to the OPSER Program
Commands Directly to Subjobs .
OPSER COMMANDS . . . . . . . . .
OPSER Commands for the Operator
OPSER Commands for All Users .
OPSER OPERATOR MESSAGES
. . . . .

. .

. . .
.
. . . . .
. . . . .
. . .
. ..
....
.

5-1
5-1
5-2
5-2
5-4
5-5
5-6
5-9

OPR ERROR MESSAGES

INDEX
TABLES
3-1
4-1

NCP Commands . . . . . . . . .
.......
Number of Fillers by Character and Filler Class

3 - 54
4-28

PREFACE

The TOPS-IO Operator's Command Language Reference Manual describes the
following command groups:
o

Operator command language commands (OPR)

Disk and tape cataloging commands (CATALOG)

System device configuration commands (CONFIG)

LAT control program commands (IJCP)

DECnet network control program commands (NCP)

Disk space quota commands (QUOTA)

Operator privileged monitor commands

OPSER program commands

Chapter 1 provides an introduction to OPR, the operator command
language.
Each of the following chapters covers one of the above
command groups. For easy reference, the commands in each chapter are
arranged in alphabetical order.
This manual is for the beginning operator as well as the experienced
operator.
It assumes that the reader has SYSTEM, HOST, or REMOTE
operator privileges and knows how to log in as an operator.
This manual assumes that you, the operator, have read all or parts
the following manuals:

Getting Started with TOPS-IO
TOPS-IO Operator's Guide
TOPS-IO/TOPS-20 Operator's Hardware Device and Maintenance Guide
In addition, you may need to read the following manuals to
additional information related to the tasks you must perform:

obtain

TOPS-IO Software Installation Guide
TOPS-IO User utilities Manual
TOPS-IO Operating System Commands Manual
TOPS-IO DECnet and PSI System Manager's and Operator's Guide

vii

Local Area Transport (LAT) Architecture Network Manager's Guide
TOPS-10 IBM Emulation/Termination Manual
If you find any errors in this manual, please fill out and mail the
Reader's Comment Card found at the back of the manual, or use a
separate sheet of paper and address it to:
DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
Software Documentation
200 Forest Street
MROl-3/L12
Marlborough, Massachusetts 01752
All reported errors will be corrected as soon as possible. Updates to
this manual can be purchased separately and, when available, can be
obtained from the Software Distribution Center.
Conventions Used in this Manual
Symbol

Meaning

OPR>HELP

What you type is underscored.

<RET>

Press the key labeled RETURN or CR.

<ESC>

Press the key labeled ESC, ESCape, ALT, or PRE.

Press the CTRL and x keys simultaneously.

hh:mm:ss

Specifies a time in twenty-four hour clock format,
where hh is hours, mm is minutes, and ss is seconds.
For example, 15:00:00 is 1:00 p.m., and 15:15:00 is
1:15 p.m.

dd-mmm-yy

Specifies a date. dd is the day, mmm is the month,
yy is the year. For example, 15-Sep-88 is September
15, 1988.

NOTE
Commands that specify a node-name as a keyword or
argument no longer require that you include double
colons after the node name.

viii

CHAPTER 1
THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

1.1

INTRODUCTION TO OPR

The Operator Command Language (OPR) enables you to communicate with
the programs that make up the GALAXY batch and spooling system. These
programs are:
o

QUASAR, the nucleus
allocation systems

the

GALAXY

and

BAT CON , the batch job controller

CATALOG, the system catalog manager

LPTSPL, the line printer spooler

CDRlVE, the card reader spooler

SPRINT, the reader interpreter

SPROUT, the card punch, paper tape punch, and plotter spooler

PULSAR, the label processor for tapes

NEBULA, the output job router between DECnet nodes

QUEUE, the user interface to submit print and batch jobs

a~d

mountable

device

structures

In addition, you use OPR to communicate with programs requesting
operator action,
such as the PLEASE program, or with users on the
system.
The program that receives the OPR commands and communicates with all
the other system programs is ORION. ORION also logs messages in the
operator's log file, OPERAT.LOG.

1.2

RUNNING OPR

To run OPR, you must have one of the following privileges.
(See your
system manager to obtain one of these privileges if you do not already
have them.)
1.

SYSTEM operator privileges, which enable you to control
devices and tasks on the host system and on any remote nodes.

HOST operator privileges, which enable you to control devices
and tasks at your local host system only.

1-1

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
3.

REMOTE operator privileges, which enable you to control
devices and tasks at the remote station node where you are
located.

The tasks in this chapter and in following chapters assume that you
have more than one terminal available to perform them.
If you have
more than one terminal available to you, you may want to dedicate one
terminal to running only OPR,
and use another terminal for other
tasks, for example, running BACKUP.
The following sections explain how to start and exit from OPR.

1.2.1

Starting OPR

To start OPR type the following:
.R OPR<RET>
OPR>
If your installation has more than one terminal assigned to its
operators,
you can run separate OPRs from different terminals. All
OPRs work the same way. ORION, OPR's controlling program, can handle
an unlimited number of OPRs.

1.2.2

Exiting from OPR

To exit from OPR, press <CTRL/Z> or type EXIT. OPR returns your job
to monitor command level. The period prompt (.) indicates that you
are at monitor command level. For example:
OPR>EXIT<RET>

1.2.3

Issuing OPR Commands to/from Remote Stations

The system operator at the host system has control of all jobs and
devices at all nodes within the network system.
If you are a Remote
Station Operator, you can control only the devices at your remote
station.
In addition, you have complete control over all active jobs
and jobs queued for devices at your node. All your commands default
to your location or node.
Some OPR commands, however, include the
/NODE switch which enables you to send commands to other nodes in the
network.
The /NODE switch is available with many of the OPR commands
described in later sections of this manual. The /NODE switch allows
you to specify the logical identifier of any remote station or any
node in the network system. The format of the /NODE switch is:
/NODE:node-id
where the node-id is the number or the name of the remote station.

1-2

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

1.2.4

Mu1tip1e Operators on the System

You can have more than one OPR running on the same operating system.
ORION
keeps
track
of
each
OPR
and sends the appropriate
acknowledgement messages to the OPR who sent the command.
If you have networking software at your installation, messages sent to
a node from a user (with the SEND OPR monitor command) are sent to all
OPRs running on the node.
You can enable or disable messages displayed at each terminal running
OPR.
See Section 1.7.1 for information on controlling OPR message
output.

1.3

OPR CO~ FEATURES

OPR has features that enable you to:
o

List available commands

Use ESCape recognition

Obtain help text

Reprint faulty commands

Continue long command lines

The following sections describe these command features in detail.
In addition, other CTRL/character commands, such as CTRL/R, CTRL/U,
and CTRL/W,
function at OPR command level as they do at monitor
command level.
NOTE
These OPR command features are not applicable when OPR
is a subjob of OPSER.

Listing Avai1ab1e Commands

1.3.1

To list all available OPR commands, type a question mark
(?)
to the
OPR> prompt.
You can type ?
whenever you need help with an OPR
command. For example:
o

When you type? while entering a command, OPR lists command
keywords, arguments, or switches for the OPR command and then
redisplays your OPR command up to the point where you typed
the ?

after
When you type ?
available commands.

When you type? after an OPR command, OPR lists the keywords
to that command and redisplays the command.

When you type? after the keyword,
OPR lists the values,
arguments, and/or switches to that keyword and redisplays the
command and keywords up to the point where you typed ?

the

1-3

OPR>

prompt,

OPR

lists

the

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

When you type? after an entire OPR command, OPR displays
the message "Confirm with carriage return", redisplays your
entire command, and waits for you to press the RETURN key.

Example
After you have started OPR and the system displays
type ?
.R OPR <RET>
OPR>? one of the following:
ALIGN
BACKSPACE
ABORT
DEFINE
DISABLE
CONTINUE
EXIT
FORWARD SPACE
ENTER
LOCK
MODIFY
IDENTIFY
RECOGNIZE
RELEASE
PUSH
ROUTE
RESTRICT
RESPOND
SHUTDOWN
START
SHOW
UNLOCK
UNRESTRICT
TAKE

the

OPR>

prompt,

CANCEL
DISMOUNT
HELP
MOUNT
REPORT
SEND
STOP
WAIT

CLOSE
ENABLE
HOLD
NEXT
REQUEUE
SET
SUPPRESS

NCP

QUOTA

or one of the following:
CATALOG

CONFIG

LCP

OPR>
NOTE
The NCP command applies only if your installation uses
DECnet software.
See the TOPS-10 DECnet and PSI
System Manager's and Operator's Guide
for---more
information about NCP.
The LCP command applies only if your installation uses
LAT software.
See the LAT Terminal Server Network
Manager's Guide for more information about LCP.

1.3.2

Using ESCape Recognition

ESCape recognition helps you to enter commands by:
o

Completing command keywords and switches to the point
they become ambiguous with other keywords and switches

that

Allowing you to type shortened versions of commands

Providing guide words that prompt you for more information

You can press the ESCape key as soon as you have typed enough
characters to uniquely identify a command to OPR. The number of
characters necessary for OPR to accept the command varies and requires
some experimentation on your part.
NOTE
The terminal bell rings when you press the ESCape key
if you have not typed enough characters to uniquely
identify a command.
If this happens, type another
character and press the ESCape key. Continue to do
this until the characters you have typed identify a
specific command.
1-4

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
The following keyword table and dialog illustrate the
completion feature:

ESCape

command

DEVICE-A-TABLE-OFF
DEVICE-A-TABLE-ON
DEVICE-B-TABLE-OFF
DEVICE-B-TABLE-ON
1.

Type D<ESC>.
OPR>D<ESC>EVICEOPR responds by providing "EVICE-" and then beeps.

Type A<ESC>.
OPR>D<ESC>EVICE-A<ESC>-TABLE-O
OPR responds by providing "-TABLE-O" and then beeps.

Type F<ESC>.
OPR>D<ESC>EVICE-A<ESC>-TABLE-OF<ESC>F
OPR responds by providing
"DEVICE-A-TABLE-OFF".

"F"

and

completes

the

keyword,

The following example illustrates the ESCape recognition feature:
1.

Type the ABORT command.

Press the ESCape key to display the ABORT guide words.
characters <ESC> are not echoed on your terminal.)

(The

Examp1e
OPR>ABORT<ESC>(current job on)BATCH-STREAM<ESC>(stream number) O<RET>
10:37:21 Batch-Stream 0

Abort request queued

OPR>
10:37:42 Batch-Stream 0 -- End -Job TBUILD Req 145 for HURLEY [33,2623]
OPR>

1.3.3

Reprinting Fau1ty Commands

When you issue a correct command to OPR, OPR passes the command to
ORION.
If the command is incorrect, OPR displays an error message.
If you receive an error message,
you can retype the entire OPR
command,
or press <CTRL/H> to reprint the command up to the point
where the error occurred.
To use the <CTRL/H> feature do the following:
1.

Press <CTRL/H> to redisplay the command up to the point where
the error occured.
(The characters <CTRL/H> and <ESC> are
not echoed on your terminal.)

Enter the correct information.

1-5

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
Example
OPR>FORWARDSPACE PRINTER<ESC>(unit number) 0 /PAGES:3) <RET>
? Not confirmed: "3"
OPR><CTRL/H>FORWARDSPACE PRINTER 0 (unit number) /PAGES:30 <RET>
OPR>
13:25:04

Printer 0

-- Forwardspaced 30 Pages --

OPR>

1.3.4

Getting Help

The OPR HELP command provides information about specific commands.
When you type HELP, followed by an OPR command name, OPR displays the
command's function and its format, keywords, arguments, and switches.
The following example illustrates the HELP feature:
If you specify HELP RELEASE,
OPR displays the
keywords, and arguments of the RELEASE command.

function,

format,

OPR>HELP<ESC> (with) RELEASE <RET>
The RELEASE command allows you to release a job request that was
with the HOLD command.
The format is:

held

RELEASE keyword
where keyword must be one of the following:
BATCH-JOBS
CARD-PUNCH-JOBS
PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-JOBS
PLOTTER-JOBS
PRINTER-JOBS
followed by one of these arguments:
<request-id-number>
[user name]

(for a single job)
(for all jobs of a user)
(for all job requests)

OPR>

1.3.5

Li:ne Continuation

Commands ·to OPR are often long and cumbersome, especially if you use
ESCape recognition.
The OPR program enables you to continue a command
on the next line.
To continue a command line,
type a hyphen
(-)
before you press <RET>.
This prevents OPR from processing the line
until it reaches a <RET> that is not preceded by a hyphen.
(You must
include the entire command name,
keyword, argument, or switch and
value before you type the hyphen.)

1-6

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

For example, the following command line uses line continuation:
OPR>SET TAPE-DRIVE MTA3: INITIALIZE fLABEL-TYPE:ANSI- <RET>
fOWNER: [31,5723]fTAPE-DISPOSITION:HOLDfvOLUME-ID:TAPE01 <RET>
OPR>

1.4

CONTROLLING SYSTEM EVENTS

OPR enables you to control
"events". These events are:

certain

Billing file closure (BILCLS)

Scheduled system shutdown (KSYS)

ORION log file closure (OPRFIL)

Command file execution (TAKFIL)

Usage file closure (USGFIL)

system

activities

known

You can use the following commands to control system events:
o

SET KSYS

SET USAGE

TAKE

To specify a time, day,
or date argument
commands, use one of the following formats:

with

any

the

above

NOW

causes the event to occur immediately.

+hh:mm:ss

schedules the event to occur in the number of
hours from the current time, as specified by
hh:mm:ss.
(Specifies a relative time for the
event to occur.)

hh:mm:ss

schedules the event to occur at the time
specified by hh:mm:ss.
(Specifies an absolute
time for the event to occur.)

dd-mmm-yy:hh:mm:ss

DAILY hh:mm:ss

schedules the event to occur on the date
time specified by dd-mmm-yy:hh:mm:ss.

and

schedules the event to occur every day at
time specified by hh:mm:ss.

the

EVERY "DAY" hh:mm:ss
schedules the event to occur every week on the
day and time you specify. DAY specifies a
particular day of the week.
Other commands that control system events
QUEUES EVENTS commands.
1-7

are

the

CANCEL

and

SHOW

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
1.5

CONTROLLING FAL

FAL, the File Access Listener, provides network remote access
TOPS-IO
file
system,
and
is
an
integral part of
communications. FAL makes network file transfers possible
following ways:

to the
network
in the

It acts as a target for NFT (Network File Transfer)
on other DECnet and ANF-IO hosts.

It determines a user's access privileges to a requested file.

You can use the following OPR
connections known as FAL-STREAMS:
o

SET

START

ABORT

SHOW

SHUTDOWN

STOP

CONTINUE

DEFINE

commands

control

the

programs

network

These commands function much as the commands that control batch
streams.
For example, to define the type of network (DECnet) with
which FAlJ stream 2 will communicate, use the SET command as follows:
OPR>SET FAL-STREAM 2 NETWORK DECNET
OPR>
Fal-Stream 2 -- Set Accepted
16:10:48
OPR>

1.6

CONTROLLING NOC STREAMS

The Network Queue Controller (NQC) , using the Distributed Queue
Service
(DQS) protocol, allows output requests to be sent to the
output queue of a remote node.
NQC streams control spooling requests for the NEBULA remote queuing
software.
Current
versions
of NEBULA run as internal ORION
applications that are available with the standard mqnitor distribution
and GALAXY CUSPs. However, in order to implement remote queuing, your
system must be running DECnet-lO version 3 and the remote queuing node
must be a VAX/VMS system running DQS software Version 1.0, or later.
You can use the following OPR commands to control NQC streams:
o

ABORT

- Terminates active NQC stream requests

CONTINUE

- Continues stopped NQC stream requests

DEFINE

- Defines network nodes and remote queues for
NQC streams.
1-8

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

SET

- Sets NQC parameters

START

- Starts NQC streams

SHOW PARAMETERS - Displays NQC stream parameters

SHOW STATUS

- Displays NQC stream status

SHUTDOWN

- Shuts down NQC streams

STOP

- Stops NQC streams

See the TOPS-10 Operator's
controlling NQC streams.

1. 7

Guide

for

information

about

ORION TO OPR MESSAGES

ORION to OPR messages are one of the two types of messages displayed
on your OPR terminal, the other type are OPR messages indicating
errors in your commands
(see Section 1.8).
The types of ORION
messages displayed are:
o

have
the
Error messages showing that ORION does not
appropriate devices,
streams, nodes, or jobs to process a
command

Messages from jobs that start processing in a stream or on
device

Messages from jobs that end processing in a stream
device

Messages specifying actions
devices, streams, or jobs

Messages to which you must RESPOND

Results from TAKE command files

you

must

take

for

various

The first eight characters of the message ORION displays is the time
stamp. ORION time-stamps each OPR command it accepts and executes, as
well as all error messages.
In the following example, ORION displays the time (in hours, minutes,
and seconds) that it accepted and executed the SET PRINTER command.
OPR>SET PRINTER 0 FORMS-TYPE NARROW <RET>
12:00:00

Printer 0

-- Set Accepted --

ORION displays error messages in the same format.
In the following
example, ORION acknowledges the SHOW MESSAGES command by displaying
the information message shown below:
OPR>SHOW MESSAGES <RET>
12:00:00

-- No Outstanding Messages --

1-9

·.rUE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

When a particular job starts to process in a batch stream or on a
device,
ORION displays a message to notify you that the stream or
device is active. For example, ORION displays the following message
when a
job named TEST begins to process in batch stream 0 for user
ZINA:
hh:mm:ss

Batch-stream 0 -- Begin -Job TEST Req #274 for ZINA [27,1234]

aPR>
Likewise, when a particular job ends processing,
ORION displays a
message to notify you that the stream or device is not active and the
job has completed. For example, ORION displays the following message
when a
job named TEST ends the process in batch stream 0 for user
ZINA.
hh:mm:ss

Batch-stream 0 -- End -Job TEST Req #274 for ZINA [27,1234]

OPR>

1.7.1

Controlling OPR Message Output

You may want to control the types of messages displayed at your
terminal.
For example,
if you have multiple terminals running aPR,
you can set the OUTPUT-DISPLAY to suit the needs of each aPR.
To
control aPR message output, enter the ENABLE or DISABLE command
followed by the keyword,
OUTPUT-DISPLAY,
and one or more of the
following arguments:
ALL'-MESSAGES (the default argument)
BATCH-MESSAGES
CARD-PUNCH-MESSAGES
CARD-READER-INTERPRETER-MESSAGES
FAL-MESSAGES
MOUNT-MESSAGES
PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-MESSAGES
PLOTTER-MESSAGES
PRINTER-MESSAGES
READER-MESSAGES
USER-MESSAGES
The ENABLE and DISABLE commands also have the following three
switches.
If you do not specify one of these switches with one of the
above arguments, the system assumes all three types of messages.
/INFORMATION-MESSAGES
/JOB-MESSAGES
/OPR-ACTION-MESSAGES
Because the default is ALL-MESSAGES,
you must disable ALL-MESSAGES
then enable the specific types of messages you want to see. For more
information about these commands and switches see Chapter 2.

1-10

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
1.8

OPR ERROR MESSAGE DESCRIPTIONS

OPR error messages are also displayed on your terminal. All OPR error
messages begin with "?" and are followed by the message explaining the
error. Note that "?" does not represent a fatal error in OPR,
as it
does in some other system programs.
When you receive an OPR error message, you can type <CTRL/H> to retype
your OPR command up to the point where you entered the incorrect
keyword, switch, or value and specify the correct input to the
command.
Each error message described in this section gives an explanation
the cause of the error message and the possible solution.

ERROR:

Reason:

You issued an OPR command, but did not complete it.
For example,
you may have left out the necessary
keyword or switch that would make the command execute
properly.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and
the necessary keyword or switch.

ERROR:

Reason:

Same as above.

Recovery:

Same as above.

ERROR:

Reason:

You gave a command but the command syntax is not valid.

Recovery:

Check the command to see if you have provided all
necessary keywords, arguments, and/or switches. Check
that the hardware is available or that the device is
ready for use.
Then give the command again.
(See
Chapter 2 for the command's correct keywords, arguments
and switches.)

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a device name (name:) in an OPR command
that is currently not recognized by the system.
Such
devices are tape drives or disk drives.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and specify a
device name that the system acknowledges.
Give the
SHOW STATUS command to find those devices that the
system recognizes.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a switch or keyword for an OPR command
that can not take the switch or keyword specified.

Recovery:

Type the command again and then specify a valid
or keyword for that command.

Ambiguous

then

specify

Ambiguous switch or keyword

CONFIRMATION Required

Device Name name:

Does Not Exist

Does not match switch or keyword

1-11

switch

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an aPR command that takes a
file
specification as a keyword or value to a switch, but
did not specify the file name.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and
the file name.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an aPR command that takes a
file
specification as a keyword or value to a switch, but
the file was not found.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and
the correct file specification.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a keyword or switch value that must be
numeric,
but the first character is alphabetic or is a
special character.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify a
numeric
keyword
or
switch
value
with numeric
characters.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a device with an illegal character in its
name or you did not include the colon (:) at the end of
the device name.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the device name with the correct characters and include
the colon (:).

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an invalid OPR command as
the HELP command.

Recovery:

Give the HELP HELP command to get a list
keywords (aPR commands) to the HELP command.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a guide word that does not pertain to the
aPR command that you specified,
you misspelled the
guide word, or you used <ESC> recognition and then
typed <CTRL/H> before you pressed <RET>.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command.
If you must have
guide words with the OPR command, use recognition with
the ESCape key.

Filename was not specified

then

specify

File not found

then

specify

First nonspace character is not a digit

Invalid device terminator

Invalid HELP command specified
a

keyword
of

valid

Invalid guide word

1-12

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR
ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a node name or number to the /NODE switch
for a node that has not been enabled, does not exist,
or has been misspelled.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct node name or number to the /NODE switch.
You might have to ENABLE the node before you reissue
the command.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an invalid command.

Recovery:

Type a question mark to the OPR prompt to get a list of
valid OPR commands.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an QPR command, such as HOLD or RELEASE,
but did not give one of the necessary arguments.
The
necessary arguments are the request-id-number,
the
project-programmer number, or an asterisk.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and include one of
the required arguments to the command.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a wildcard character (* or %)
within
file specification for a keyword or switch value.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the file specification without any wildcard characters.
OPR/ORION does not accept wildcard characters within a
file specification.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a negative number for a device or
number. aPR does not accept negative numbers.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify a
positive integer as a device or stream number.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a file name as a keyword or switch value,
but the file name does not exist as you specified it.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct file name as the keyword or switch value.

Invalid node name

Invalid OPR command specified

Invalid token found

Invalid wildcard designator
a

Negative number improper
stream

No such filename

1-13

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a file extension as a keyword or switch
value, but the file extension does not exist as you
specified it.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct file extension as the keyword or switch
value.

ERROR:

? Not a quoted string - does
quote

Reason:

You specified a message text, but did not
within double quotes ("message text") .

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the message text within the required double quotes.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified too many keywords or switches to an OPR
command.
OPR expected a carriage return after one of
the keywords or switches specified.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>; OPR retypes the command up to the point
where carriage return is expected. Then press <RET>.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified the BACKSPACE or FORWARD SPACE command
with the /FILE switch and a numeric value greater than
1.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>; OPR retypes the command up to the point
where you entered the number of files.
You can then
enter 1 or press <RET>. The /FILE switch defaults to

No such file"type

not

begin

with

double

include

Not confirmed

Only one file allowed

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a priority number in the SET JOB-PRIORITY
command that is not in the range from 1 to 63.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify a
priority number from 1 to 63.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified too
many
characters
in
a
name
specification to the /NODE switch. The /NODE name can
have only from one to six alphanumeric characters.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct node name for the /NODE switch. The name
must be six characters or less.

Priority not in range

Too many characters in node name

1-14

THE OPERATOR INTERFACE, OPR

ERROR:

Value missing in date/time

Reason:

You specified an OPR command that requires an argument
of date and/or time, such as the SET USAGE command.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and supply the
date and/or time as an argument.
To check whether the
date and/or time is needed give the "?" command to list
your options.

1-15

CHAPTER 2
OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

This chapter describes each of the OPR commands in detail.
All OPR
commands must end with a carriage return (that is, you must press the
key labeled RETURN or CR) .
There are seven possible headings in each Gommand description.
These
headings are listed and explained in the following text and are
omitted when not applicable to the command:
Function

Contains one or
two
sentences
describing what the command does.

briefly

For.mat

Describes the
syntax
of
the
including
its
command
name,
switches, and switch values.

command,
keywords,

Keywords

Describes the attributes or values that
be supplied with the command.

Switches

Describes the attributes that are preceded by
a
slash
(/) and are optional to the command
string.
Switches that have values can also
have default values (supplied by <ESC» .

Arguments

Describes the additional
attributes
and
values that are optional to the command
string. An argument that takes a value
(or
word)
can also have a default value (or
word) (supplied by <ESC» .

Restrictions

Describes the limitations and peculiarities
of the command.
It also explains common
error messages you can receive while using
the command.

Examples

Shows a few common ways to use the command.

2-1

must

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ABORT
ABORT

Function
The ABORT
requests:

command

terminates

the

input/output device requests

batch stream requests

FAL stream requests

NQC stream requests

following

types

active

Format
OPR>ABORT keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords
BATCH-STREAM

aborts the specified batch stream.
A batch
stream is a pseudo-terminal that interacts
with the system to execute a batch job.

CARD-PUNCH

aborts the specified card punch job.

FAL-STREAM

aborts the specified FAL stream.

NQC-STREAM

aborts the specified NQC stream.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

aborts the specified paper-tape-punch job.

PLOTTER

aborts the specified plotter job.

PRINTER

aborts the specified line printer job.

READER

aborts the specified card reader job.
Jobs
read
through the card reader become job
requests in the batch input queue.

Arguments
nn

specifies the stream number of the batch, NQC,
or FAL stream to be aborted,
or the unit
number of the input/output device that is
currently processing a job. You must specify
an argument.

n:m

specifies a range of stream or unit numbers.

2-2

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ABORT
Switches
/NODE:identifier

specifies a remote node for which the command
will
be
effective.
For
example,
use
/NODE:KLI026 to specify the node named KLI026.
If you do not specify a node identifier, your
own node is the default.
Note that you cannot
abort jobs at a remote host node.

/ERROR-PROCESSING

specifies that any error recovery procedures
specified by the user who submitted the batch
job will not be ignored.

/NOERROR-PROCESSING
specifies that any error recovery procedures
provided by the user who submitted the batch
job be ignored when the batch job is aborted.
/PURGE

aborts the specified job and all output from
the job.
When you purge a batch-stream job,
no log file is printed.

/REASON:comment

allows you to include a comment explaining why
the request has been canceled.
This comment
appears in the batch log file and at the
user's terminal.
If the comment is longer
than one line, type a hyphen before you press
RETURN and continue the comment on the next
line.
If you press RETURN immediately after
the colon, OPR responds with the instruction:
ENTER TEXT AND TERMINATE WITH AZ.
You can
then enter as many lines of text as necessary.
When your comment is complete, press <CTRL/Z>.

Restrictions
The only switches available to the READER keyword are the /NODE
and /REASON switches,
because a card reader input job does not
become a request until the last card ($EOJ card) has been read.
The only switch available to the NQC-STREAM keyword is /NODE.
The /ERROR-PROCESSING and /NOERROR-PROCESSING switches are
only with the BATCH-STREAM keyword.

2-3

valid

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ABORT
Examples
1.

Use the ABORT command to abort
NOERROR-PROCESSING because you
the user who submitted the job.

a batch stream job with
were instructed to do so by

OPR>ABORT BATCH-STREAM 2 /NOERROR-PROCESSING /REASON:<RET>
Enter text and terminate with AZ
OPERATIONS WAS INSTRUCTED TO DO SO BY user HURLEY<RET>
OPR>
12:31:05

OPR>
12:31:17

Batch-stream 2 -- ABORT command queued
Job TEST09 Req #132 for HURLEY [10,2345)
OPERATIONS WAS INSTRUCTED TO DO SO BY user HURLEY
with Noerror-processing
Batch-stream 2 -- End -Job TEST09 Req #132 for HURLEY [10,2345]
-- Job Aborted by Operator --

OPR>
2.

Use the ABORT command to abort a line printer
printing on printer 1.

job

currently

OPR>ABORT PRINTER 1<RET>
OPR>
13:24:56
OPR>
13:25:12

Printer 1 -- Aborting
Job BATCH1 Req #37 for HOVSEPIAN [27,3113]
Printer 1 -- End -Job BATCH1 Req #37 for HOVSEPIAN [27,3113]
-- Job Aborted by Operator --

OPR>

2-4

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ALIGN
ALIGN

Function

The ALIGN conunand prints a "forms-alignment" file
the line printer so that you can align the paper.

repeatedly

You may have to align special forms for a particular line-printer
job, such as payroll checks or invoices. The ALIGN conunand
allows you to adjust the forms and the line printer as many times
as necessary to print the job correctly.
Fonnat

OPR>ALIGN keyword nn /switch (or) argument<RET>
Keyword

PRINTER nn

specifies the line printer (output device)
unit number (nn) that will print the forms
alignment file (for example, 0 for LPTO, 1 for
LPT1, and so forth).
You must specify the
PRINTER keyword and the unit number.

Switches

/NODE:identifier

specifies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
conunand should be effective. For example, to
specify
the
node
named
KL1026,
use
/NODE:KL1026.
If you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.

/PAUSE:nnnn

specifies the time in seconds (nnnn) that the
line printer waits between repeats of the
particular print job.
The default of the
/PAUSE switch is 10 seconds.

/REPEAT-COUNT:nnnn
specifies the number of times to print
file
(starting from the beginning).
default value of the /REPEAT-COUNT is 25.
/STOP

the
The

specifies that normal printing be resumed and
stops the alignment of forms on the line
printer.

Argument

alignment-filespec
specifies a file to be printed for aligning
the forms.
The default file specification is
SYS:formsname.ALP, where formsname is the name
of the form to be aligned, such as NARROW.
2-5

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ALIGN
This alignment file has a format of one
printed page of output that can be repeated on
the line printer so that you can align the
paper.

Restrictions
If you specify the ALIGN command and the alignment file cannot be
found, the following error message appears:
hh:mm:ss

Printer n -- Alignment Error
Cannot read ALIGN file 'filespec'

If you specify the ALIGN command with the /STOP switch while the
print request is printing, the following error message appears:
hh:mm:ss

Printer n -- /STOP Illegal -Alignment not in Progress

If you specify the ALIGN command while an
progress, the following error message appears:
hh:mm:ss

Printer n

alignment

-- Alignment already in Progress --

Examples
1.

Specify line printer 0 in the ALIGN command to
special forms and specify a repeat-count of 15.

align

some

OPR>ALIGN PRINTER Q /REPEAT-COUNT:15<RET>
OPR>
10:12:07
Printer 0 -- Alignment Scheduled
OPR>
2.

Specify line printer 0 in the ALIGN command for forms
alignment with the use of the alignment file PAYCHK.ALP. By
the default values of the /REPEAT-COUNT and the /PAUSE
switches, the ALIGN command repeats the file 25 times with a
pause of 10 seconds between repeats.
OPR>ALIGN PRINTER 0 PAYCHK.ALP<RET>
OPR>
09:34:12
Printer 0
Alignment Scheduled -OPR>

Specify line printer 3 in the ALIGN command fqr forms
alignment with a pause of 30 seconds between repeats.
The
forms are aligned after one repeat and you stop the alignment
of forms on line printer 3.
OPR>ALIGN PRINTER ~ /PAUSE:30<RET>
OPR>
10:34:03
Printer 3 -- Alignment Scheduled -OPR>ALIGN PRINTER ~ /STOP<RET>
OPR>
10:38:29
Printer 3
Alignment Discontinued -OPR>

2-6

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
BACKSPACE
BACKSPACE

Function

The BACKSPACE command reprints pages in the file currently
printed on the line printer.

being

You 'may have to backspace a file that is currently being printed
on the line printer, if the forms become jammed in the printing
mechanism. The BACKSPACE command allows you to backspace the
print file so that the pages of the file that were jammed or
incorrectly printed can be repeated.
Format

OPR>BACKSPACE keyword nn /switch<RET>
Keywords

PRINTER nn

specifies the line printer
(output device)
unit number of the line printer that will
backspace the file currently being printed
(for example,
0 for LPTO, 1 for LPT1, and so
forth).
You mus't specify the unit number;
there is no default.

Switches

/NODE:identifier

specifies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
command should be effective. For example,
to
specify
the
node
named
KLI026,
use
/NODE:KLI026.
If you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.

You must specify one of the following switches:
/COPIES:nnnn

specifies the number of additional copies to
be printed.
The number you specify is added
to the number of copies that the user queued
with the PRINT command.
For example, if a
user issues the command:
PRINT FOO.BAR/COPIES:25
and you issue the BACKSPACE command with
/COPIES:IO while FOO.BAR is being printed on
the line printer, the total number of copies
printed will be 35.

2-7

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
BACKSPACE

/FILE

specifies that one file be backspaced when a
multi-file PRINT request has been given by a
user.
For example,
if a user issues 'the
command:
PRINT FOOl.BAR,F002.BAR,F003.BAR
and you issue the BACKSPACE command with /FILE
while F003.BAR is being printed on the line
printer, F002.BAR will be printed again.

/PAGES:nnnn

specifies the number of pages to be backspaced
for the file that is currently being printed.
The /PAGES switch is the default of the
BACKSPACE command.
If you do not specify
either the /COPIES or the /FILE switch,
then
you must specify the /PAGES swi,tch.
The
number you specify
(nnnn)
refers to
the
physical number of pages and not to the number
of disk pages used for storing the file.

Examp1es

Specify line printer 0 in the BACKSPACE command to add
additional 15 copies to a print request of 15 copies.

OPR>BACKSPACE PRINTER 0 /COPIES:15<RET>
OPR>
13:43:53
OPR>
2.

Printer 0

Backspaced 15 Copies

Specify line printer 2 in the BACKSPACE command to
one file from the file currently being printed.

backspace

OPR>BACKSPACE PRINTER 2 /FILE<RET>
OPR>
11:34:23
Printer 2
Backspaced 1 File -OPR>
3.

Specify line printer 1 in the BACKSPACE command to backspace
12 pages from the page currently being printed because of a
paper jam.
OPR>BACKSPACE PRINTER 1 /PAGE:12<RET>
OPR>
10:23:50
Printer 1 -- Backspaced 12 Pages -OPR>

2-8

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
CANCEL
CANCEL

FWlction

The CANCEL command enables you to cancel the following requests:
o

active or waiting job requests

tape or structure mount requests

event requests

The system assigns request numbers to all user requests.
The OPR
command SHOW QUEUES displays the requests, the request numbers,
and the names of the users who submitted the jobs.
To cancel a
specific request,
supply a request number for the argument.
To
cancel all requests from a particular user, supply the user's PPN
for the argument.
Format

OPR>CANCEL keyword argument<RET>
Keywords

BATCH-REQUEST

cancels active or waiting batch job requests.

CARD-PUNCH-REQUEST
cancels active
requests.
EVENT-REQUEST

MOUNT-REQUEST

waiting

card

punch

job

cancels any of the following active or pending
events:
o

billing file closure (BILCLS)

OPR log file closure (OPRFIL)

usage file closure (USGFIL)

scheduled system shutdown (KSYS)

command file execution (TAKFIL)

cancels tape or structure mount requests.
If
you specify a structure name,
the CANCEL
command cancels
all
requests
for
that
structure.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-REQUEST
cancels active
requests.

waiting

paper-tape-punch

PLOTTER-REQUEST

cancels active or waiting plotter requests.

PRINTER-REQUEST

cancels active
requests.
2-9

waiting

line

printer

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
CANCEL
Arguments

request-id-number

cancels a single request as specified by the
appropriate keyword for a particular user.
The canceled request can be active or waiting.

[PPN]

cancels all requests described by the keyword
and
made
by
the
given
user's
project-programmer
number
[PPN] .
This
argument cannot be used with the MOUNT-REQUEST
keyword.

cancels all waiting and
described by the keyword.

structure-name:

specifies a 1- to 4-character disk structure
name that a user has requested you to mount.
The name must end with a colon
(:).
The
CANCEL MOUNT-REQUEST command for a structure
name cancels all waiting requests for that
structure
mount.
(See
the SHOW QUEUES
MOUNT-REQUESTS command.)

active

requests

You
must
cancel
dismounted
structures
separately, using the request-id-number for
the argument.
Switches

/REASON:comment

allows you to include a comment explaining why
the request has been canceled. This comment
appears in the batch log file and at the
user's terminal.
If the comment is longer
than one line, type a hyphen before you press
RETURN and continue the comment on the next
line.
If you press RETURN immediately after
the colon, OPR responds with the instruction:
ENTER TEXT AND TERMINATE WITH AZ.
You can
then enter as many lines of text as necessary.
When your comment is complete, press <CTRL/Z>.

Restriction

You cannot cancel mount requests after the tape or structure has
been mounted on the device.
If you need to do this, you must
ABORT the job and DISMOUNT the tape or structure.

2-10

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
CANCEL
Examples

Use the CANCEL MOUNT-REQUEST command to cancel all requests
for mounting the structure DSKX:. All mount requests for
this structure are currently waiting.
OPR>CANCEL MOUNT-REQUEST DSKX: /REASON:<RET>
Enter text and terminate with AZ
CANNOT FIND STRUCTURE DSKX<RET>
THANK YOU - OPERATIONSAZ
OPR>
15:32:08
-- 3 Mount Requests Canceled -OPR>

Use the CANCEL BATCH-REQUEST for all batch requests from user
[10,4733] .
OPR>CANCEL BATCH-REQUEST [10,4733]<RET>
OPR>
12:09:34
-- 2 Jobs Canceled -OPR>

Use the CANCEL PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-REQUEST
requests from all users for that device.

cancel

all

OPR>CANCEL PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH <RET>
OPR>
09:34:56
-- 7 Jobs Canceled
OPR>
4.

Use the CANCEL EVENT-REQUEST
ORION log file closure.

command

pending

OPR>SHOW QUEUES EVENTS<RET>
OPR>---16:06:19
System Queues Listing -Event Queue:
Type
Req#

Expiration

Description

BILCLS
20 19-Nov-88 16:59:59 Prime time rates end
OPRFIL
282 19-Nov-88 18:00:00 ORION log file closure
USGFIL
42 19-Nov-88 23:59:30 Usage file closure
OPRFIL
34 20-Nov-88 0:00:00 ORION log file closure
BILCLS
12 20-Nov-88 7:59:59 Discount rates end
21 28-Nov-88 0:00:00 Debug new monitor
* KSYS
There are 6 events in the queue (1 in progress)
OPR>CANCEL EVENT-REQUEST 282
OPR>
16:06:44
-- 1 Job Canceled

2-11

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
CLOSE
CLOSE

Function
The CLOSE command closes the current ORION log file, renames it,
and creates a new log file.
The command arguments enable you to
specify a date and time to close the ORION log file.
The ORION log file, OPERAT.LOG, records all OPR-to-ORION commands
and transactions performed at the operator's console. When you
issue the CLOSE command,
OPR transfers these commands and
transactions to the ORNLOG.nnn file and olears the buffer file,
OPERAT.LOG. You can then print the ORNLOG.nnn file to obtain a
hard-copy of all the operating processes for a given time period.
OPERAT.LOG is now open for more OPR-to-ORION commands and
transactions.
You may choose a name other than OPERAT.LOG for the ORION log
file at GALGEN time.
See the TOPS-10 Software, Installation Guide
for more information about GALGEN.
Format
OPR>CLOSE keyword argument<RET>
Keyword
LOG

closes the ORION log file that was created
when ORION was started. You must include this
keyword.
You must use the ENABLE LOGGING
command for the logging facility to occur.
Use the DISABLE LOGGING command to stop the
logging facility.
For more information about
enabling and disabling the logging facility,
see the ENABLE and DISABLE commands.

Arguments
NOW

closes the ORION log file immediately.

+hh:mm:ss

closes the ORION log file in number of hours,
minutes, and seconds that you specify from the
current time.
The time must be at least five
minutes from the current time.

hh:mm:ss

closes the ORION log
enter for hh:mm:ss.

file

the

time

you

dd-mmm-yy:hh:mm:ss

DAILY hh:mm:ss

closes the ORION log file on the
year, and time that you enter.

day,

month,

closes the ORION log file
time you enter.

day

2-12

every

the

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
CLOSE

EVERY "day" hh:mm:ss
closes the ORION log file every week on the
day and time that you enter.
"Day" specifies
a particular day of the week.
Example

Use the CLOSE command to close the ORION log file and open a
file automatically.

new

log

OPR>CLOSE LOG NOW<RET>
OPR>
15:10:33 Event OPRFIL queued, request #426
OPR>
15:10:34 Log file DSKA:OPERAT.LOG[3,3] renamed to DSKA:OPERAT.001[3,3]
OPR>

2-13

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
CONTINUE
CONTINUE

FWlction
The CONTINUE command continues the following requests
stopped using the STOP command:
o

input/output device requests

batch stream requests

FAL stream requests

NQC stream requests

that

were

Format
OPR>CONTINUE keyword nn /switch<RET>
Keywords
BATCH-STREAM

continues the specified batch stream (or range
of batch streams).
A batch stream is a
pseudo-terminal that interacts with the system
to execute a batch job.

CARD-PUNCH

continues the specified card-punch
of such devices) .

FAL-STREAM

continues a specified FAL stream or range of
FAL streams. You may not use the /NODE switch
with this keyword.

NQC-STREAM

continues a specified NQC stream or
NQC streams.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

continues the specified
range of such devices) .

PLOTTER

continues the specified plotter (or
such devices) .

PRINTER

continues the specified line-printer (or range
of such devices) .

READER

continues the specified card-reader (or
of such devices) .

2-14

(or

range

paper-tape-punch

(or

range

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
CONTINUE
Arguments

specifies the stream number of the batch, NQC,
or FAL stream ,to be continued, or the unit
number of the input/output device that has
been temporarily stopped. You must specify a
stream/unit number.

n:m

specifies a range of stream/unit numbers.
You
can specify this range instead of a single
stream/unit number. The colon must separate
the
two
numbers.
The n represents the
low-order number and the m represents the
high-order number.

Switch

/NODE:identifier

specifies a remote node for which the command
will be effective.
For example, to specify
the node named KL1026, use /NODE:KL1026.
If
you do not specify a node identifier, your own
node is the default.

Examples

Use the CONTINUE command to continue the card reader after it
was stopped to prevent a card-reader jam.
OPR>CONTINUE READER O<RET>
OPR>
09:23:19
Reader 0
OPR>

Continued --

Use the CONTINUE command to con'tinue a batch stream that
previously stopped.

was

OPR>CONTINUE BATCH-STREAM 2<RET>
OPR>
12:10:12
Batch-stream 2
-- Continued -OPR>
3.

Use the CONTINUE command to con'tinue all line printers
they were stopped temporarily.
OPR>CONTINUE PRINTER O:l<RET>
OPR>
11:40:23
Printer 0
OPR>
11:40:24
Printer 1
OPR>

2-15

Continued
Continued

after

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DEFINE FILE-ACCESS
DEFINE FILE-ACCESS

Function
The DEFINE FILE-ACCESS command allows you to
define
accessibility.
You can specify the defaul"t
[PPN]
for
connections, as well as a list of PPNs or nodes that are
allowed to establish FAL connections.

FAL
FAL
not

Format
OPR>DEFINE FILE-ACCESS argument<RET>
Arguments
DEFAULT-PPN [PPN]
specifies a [PPN] to be used if the user does
not
include
one
when initiating a FAL
connection.
REJECTION-LIST node name [PPN]
specifies nodes or [PPN]s
establish FAL connections.

that

may

not

Examples
1.

Use the DEFINE FILE-ACCESS command to reject all FAL connections
for [1,2].
OPR>DEFINE FILE-ACCESS REJECTION-LIST [1,2]
OPR>
11:00:47
-- Rejection list defined for all FAL-Streams -OPR>

Use the DEFINE FILE-ACCESS command to
FAL connections if no PPN is given.

use

[377777,377777]

for

OPR>DEFINE FILE-ACCESS DEFAULT-PPN [377777,377777]
OPR>
11:08:06
-- Default network PPN defined for all FAL-Streams -OPR>

2-16

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE
DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE

Function

The DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE command
queue names for NQC streams.

allows

you

define

remote

Fo:rmat

OPR>DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE queue REMOTE node object unit<RET>
Arguments

queue

specifies the queue name you are defining.

REMOTE

specifies that the destination node is remote
from your node. LOCAL is not implemented.

node

specifies the destination node
device is attached.

object

specifies the type of device.
be PRINTER or PLOTTER.

The object must

unit

specifies the device unit number or name.
The
default unit is the generic print or plot
queue.

which

the

Example

Use the DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE
network queue.

command

define

new

remote

OPR>DEFINE NODE JUNIPR SERVER
OPR>
11:17:49
Define for node JUNIPR accepted -OPR>
OPR>DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE LPS40$QUEUE REMOTE JUNIPR PRINTER Q
OPR>
11:26:20
-- Define for network queue LPS40$QUEUE accepted
OPR>

2-17

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DEFINE NODE
DEFINE NODE

Function
The DEFINE
following:

NODE

command

allows

you

specify

A destination server node for NQC streams

A printer on a LAT server

A DN60 node to perform IBM communications

one

the

NQC Stream Format
OPR>DEFINE NODE node-name SERVER<RET>
NQC Stream Arguments
node'-name

specifies the name of the destination nodb

SERVER

specifies that the node is for NQC streams.

LAT-SERVER Format
OPR>DEFINE NODE node-name LAT-SERVER /NODE-NAME:name /switch<RET>
LAT-SERVER Arguments
node-name

specifies the destination node name of the LAT
server.

LAT-SERVER

specifies that the node is a LAT server with a
printer.

LAT-SERVER Switches
/NODE-NAME

specifies the name of the LAT-SERVER
This switch is always necessary.

node.

/PORT-NAME

specifies the port name on the LAT-SERVER.

/SERVICE-NAME

specifies the name of the printer service
request on the LAT-SERVER.

you

IBM Communications Formats
OPR>DEFINE NODE node-name station mode port line /switch<RET>
OPR>DEFINE NODE node-name station mode CPU n DLIO-PORT n -<RET>
LINE n /switch<RET>
OPR>DEFINE NODE node-name station mode CPU n DTE n LINE n -<RET>
/switch<RET>

2-18

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DEFINE NODE
IBM Communications Arguments
node-name

specifies a one- to six-character name
IBM remote station.

station

specifies a remote
stations are:

Valid

station

type.

The HASP multi leaving remote
default type.

station

2780
3780
HASP

mode

the

specifies a host or a remote station with
which the IBM node is to communicate. Valid
communication modes are:
EMULATION

specifies a host.

TERMINATION

specifies a remote station.

TERMINATION
mode.

the

default

communications

port

specifies the port number from the
to the TOPS-10 host.

line

specifies the line number from the front end
to the modern communicating with the remote
site.

CPU n

specifies which CPU is to communicate.

DL10-PORT n
or
DTE n

specifies which device is to communicate.

LINE n

front

end

specifies the line number from the front end
to the modern communicating with the remote
site.

After you specify a node name and type, you can use the SET NODE
command to change the default parameters for the node.
For more
information about IBM communications software,
see the TOPS-10
IBM Emulation/Termination Manual.
IBM Communications Switches
/SIGNON-REQUIRED

specifies that the node must send a
signon
card when starting up or starting a job.
This
is the default.

/NO-SIGNON-REQUIRED
specifies that the node does not have to
a signon card.

2-19

send

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DEFINE NODE
Restrictions
For a KL10, the port number can be either 11 (for DTE1) , 12
(for
DTE2) ,
or 13
(for DTE3).
For a KS10, the port number can be
either 10 (for KMC/DMC line 0) or 11 (for KMC/DMC line 1).
For
DL10s,
the port numbers are in a range from 0 through 7.
Never
use port 10 on a KL10.
For a KL10, the line number must be from 0 to 5; for a KS10,
line number must be either 0 or 1.

the

If you specify a port number other than 11, 12, or 13, or a line
number greater than 5,
either of the following error messages
appears:
?

First nonspace character is not a digit

Invalid character in number

Examples
1.

Use the DEFINE NODE command to define a
NQC streams.

network

server

for

LAT

OPR>DEFINE NODE JUNIPR SERVER
OPR>
11:17:49
Define for node JUNIPR accepted -OPR>
2.

Use the DEFINE NODE command to define
server.

printer

OPR>DEFINE NODE TLN03 LAT-SERVER/NODE:L12/PORT:LN03
OPR>
11:32:31
Define for Node TLN03 Accepted -OPR>
3.

Use the DEFINE NODE command to define IBM communications node
IBM2.
OPR>DEFINE NODE IBM2 HASP EMULATION 11 O<RET>
---OPR>
09:18:34
Define for Node IBM2 Accepted
OPR>

Use the DEFINE NODE command to define a remote station as
IBM 3780 termination node to communicate from the host.
OPR>DEFINE NODE IBM3 3780 TERMINATION 12 l<RET>
OPR>
15:32:09
-- Define for Node IBM3 Accepted -OPR>

2-20

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DEFINE NODE

Use the DEFINE NODE command to define
nodes/IBMS and IBM3 on an SMP system.

IBM

communications

OPR>DEFINE NODE IBMS 2780 EMULATION CPU 2 DTE 1 LINE 2<RET>
---- ---- ------ OPR>
10:46:03
Define for node IBMS accepted
OPR>DEFINE NODE IBM3 2780 EMULATION CPU 1 DLI0-PORT 0 -<RET>
LINE O<RET>---OPR>
Define for node IBM3 accepted
10:47:23
OPR>

----

2-21

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DISABLE
DISABLE

FWlction

The DISABLE command turns off
below.

(or

stops)

the

features

Scheduling of jobs on specified CPUs.

The ORION logging facility for recording
and transactions.

Output display of messages.

Queue requests so that users cannot
processed on certain types of devices.

request

Structure and
mounts.

structure

volume

recognition

for

OPR/ORION

listed

commands

jobs

and

be
tape

Format

OPR>DISABLE keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords

JOB-SCHEDULING

removes a specified CPU from the system pool
of available resources. The CPU may perform
I/O, but it does not schedule user jobs.

LOGGING

disables the centralized logging facility of
ORION.
(This facility logs all messages
passing through the operating system
and
stores these messages in a log file.) When
this facility is disabled,
there are
no
records kept of the messages and interactions
between ORION and the system.
However, the
CTY shows all messages and interactions if you
have not DISABLEd the
OUTPUT-DISPLAY
of
ALL-MESSAGES at the CTY. This keyword has no
additional arguments or switches.

OUTPUT-DISPLAY

disables the display of specified messages on
your console.
The message types are the
arguments and switches to this keyword.

QUEUES

disables all users from making queue
for the specified devices.

requests

STRUCTURE-RECOGNITION
specifies that the system should not read the
home blocks of all volumes of a structure when
it is mounted on a disk drive.
The DISABLE
STRUCTURE-RECOGNITION
command
affects all
structures to be mounted, but it does not
affect currently mounted structures.

2-22

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DISABLE

VOLUME-RECOGNITION
disables volume recognition for labeled tapes
and structures. Volume recognition allows you
to mount labeled tapes and structures on
tape/disk drives without having to identify
the tape or structure to the system.
When
volume recognition is disabled for a disk
drive (or all disk drives), you must use the
RECOGNIZE command to force the system to
recognize the mounted structure. When volume
recognition is disabled for a tape drive (or
all tape drives), you must use the RECOGNIZE
command to force the system to recognize the
mounted labeled tape.
(The IDENTIFY command
is
for unlabeled tape mounts.)
For more
information, see the IDENTIFY and RECOGNIZE
commands.
JOB-SCHEDULING Arguments

ONLY CPUn

removes the specified CPU from the system pool
of available resources,
and enables other
currently disabled CPUs (n = CPU number) .

CPUn

removes the specified CPU from the system pool
of available resources,
but does not affect
other CPUs (n = CPU number) .

OUTPUT-DISPLAY Arguments

ALL-MESSAGES

disables the display of all operator,
system,
user, and error messages on your OPR terminal.
ALL-MESSAGES is enabled by default.

BATCH-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages
during batch job processing.

generated

CARD-PUNCH-MESSAGES
disables the display of messages generated
card-punch jobs.

CARD-READER-INTERPRETER-MESSAGES
disables the display of messages generated by
card reader jobs or batch jobs submitted with
the /READER switch.
CATALOG-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated by
changes to the system tape and disk catalogs.

CONFIG-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
changes to the system configuration.

EVENT-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated by
special events such as billing file closure,
ORION log file closure,
scheduled
system
shutdown,
or Usage accounting file closure.
See the SHOW QUEUES EVENTS command for more
information on these event types.
2-23

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DISABLE
FAL-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
during network file access requests.

LCP-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
the LAT Control Program.

MOUNT-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
when users request tape and structure mounts
and dismounts.

NCP-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
the DECnet Network Control Program (NCP).

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-MESSAGES
disables the display of messages generated
paper-tape-punch jobs.

PLOTTER-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
plotter jobs.

PRINTER-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
line printer jobs.

QUOTA MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
changes to the system catalogs.

READER-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
card reader jobs.

USER-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages generated
when users make requests to you through the
PLEASE program.

QUEUES Arguments

ALL-INPUT-OUTPUT

disables
all
paper-tape-punch,
requests.

batch,
card-punch,
plotter,
and printer queue

BATCH

disables all batch queue requests.

CARD-PUNCH

disables all card-punch queue requests.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

disables all paper-tape-punch queue requests.

PLOTTER

disables all plotter queue requests.

PRINTER

disables all printer queue requests.

VOLUME-RECOGNITION Arguments
DISK-DRIVES

disables
drives.

volume

recognition

for

all

disk

TAPE-DRIVES

disables
drives.

volume

recognition

for

all

tape

2-24

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DISABLE
disk-drive-name:

disables volume recognition on the specified
disk drive.
You must include the colon.
The
name is in the format of xxcn:,
where xx
represents the device type
(RP for RP04 or
RP07, and RN for RP20); c represents the disk
controller identification;
and n is the disk
drive number.

tape-drive-name:

disables volume recognition on the specified
tape drive.
You must include the colon. The
name is in the format of MTxn:, where x is the
tape controller identification and n is the
tape drive number.

OUTPUT-DISPLAY Switches
/INFORMATION-MESSAGES
disables
the
display
of
informational
messages,
such as errors that occur due to an
application problem. Messages that require no
operator response are considered informational
messages.
/JOB-MESSAGES

disables the display of messages that notify
you when a device or stream begins or ends
processing a job request.

/OPR-ACTION-MESSAGES
disables the display of messages that notify
you of action to be performed as requested by
a user or a processing job.
Messages that
require a response, such as PLEASE messages,
will be displayed.
If you do not specify one of these switches,
all three types of messages are assumed by
default.
Examp1es
1.

You have scheduled a system shutdown in two hours and your
queues have approximately two hours' worth of jobs left to be
processed.
You disable queue requests so that the queues can
be emptied before the system shutdown.
OPR>DISABLE QUEUES<RET>
OPR>
16:34:03

-- System Queue's Entry Processing Disabled --

OPR>

2-25

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DISABLE

You have started OPR on a terminal to
display
only
information messages.
By default, when OPR is started, all
messages are displayed.
Therefore,
you must disable all
messages except information messages .
. R OPR<RET>
OPR>DISABLE OUTPUT-DISPLAY ALL-MESSAGES/JOB-MESSAGES<RET>
OPR>
08:45:18

-- OUTPUT DISPLAY of OPR Modified --

OPR>DISABLE OUTPUT-DISPLAY ALL-MESSAGES/OPR-ACTION-MESSAGES<RET>
OPR>
08:46:07

-- OUTPUT DISPLAY of OPR Modified --

OPR>
3.

You DISABLE volume recognition on tape drive MTA2:
before
you mount and prepare a scratch tape to be initialized.
OPR>DISABLE VOLUME-RECOGNITION MTA2:<RET>
OPR>
14:05:12

Device MTA2 -- Volume Recognition is Disabled --

OPR>
4.

Use
the
DISABLE
JOB-SCHEDULING
:job-scheduling on CPU1.

command

disable

OPR>DISABLE JOB-SCHEDULING CPU1<RET>
OPR>
16:08:02

-- Job scheduling disabled for specified CPU(s) --

OPR>

2-26

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DISMOUNT
DISMOUNT

FWlction

The DISMOUNT command allows you to dismount
(and remove)
a
structure currently mounted on a disk drive, or a magnetic tape
currently mounted on a tape drive.
When you issue the DISMOUNT command for a structure,
the
structure is queued for removal.
If other users have mounted the
structure,
a message appears listing statistics about
the
structure and asks you to respond with ABORT to cancel the
dismount, or PROCEED to permit the dismount.
When you issue the DISMOUNT command for a tape drive,
the tape
rewinds itself completely from the take-up wheel, providing that
no user is currently using the tape.
If a user is using the tape
on the specified tape drive,
OPR will reject the DISMOUNT
command.
Format

OPR>DISMOUNT keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords

STRUCTURE

specifies a disk structure
on a disk drive.

TAPE-DRIVE

specifies a tape drive that has
tape mounted and ready on it.

currently
a

mounted
magnetic

Arguments

structure-name:

specifies the logical name of the structure to
be dismounted and removed.
The colon must be
included with the structure name specified.
An example of a logical name is DSKC:.

tape-drive-name:

specifies the logical name of the tape drive
which
currently has the desired tape to
dismount on it.
The colon must be included
with the tape drive name.
The name is in the
format of MTxn:,
where x
is
the
tape
controller identification and n is the tape
drive number.
For example, MTAO:
is
a
magtape device name.

Switches

/NOCHECK

specifies that the structure
is
to
be
dismounted
without regard to the current
status and/or users on the structure.
with
the /NOCHECK switch, the system does not check
the mount count of the structure or any other
warning conditions and you receive no error
messages.
The
dismount
is
executed
immediately.
2-27

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
DISMOUNT

/REMOVE

specifies that the structure will be removed.
With the /REMOVE switch, the structure ceases
its
rotation
and
comes
to
a
stop
automatically,
so that you can remove it from
the disk drive. without the specification of
the /REMOVE switch,
you must press the STOP
button on the drive to stop and remove the
structure.

Restrictions

When you issue a DISMOUNT command for a structure that is in -the
Active Swapping List,
System Search List,
Crash Dump List,
contains the STRLST.SYS file, or has the [3,3] UFD directory, you
receive a warning message.
This message allows you to respond
with either ABORT to cancel the dismount, or PROCEED to proceed
with the dismount.
In addition, this warning message appears if
any other user has requested this structure mount
(refer to
Example 1) .
If there are other users who have mounted the structure and you
really wish to remove the structure, it is recommended that you
send a message to all users of the system before you respond with
PROCEED,
to allow all users to complete their tasks on that
structure.
You can use the LOCK command to prevent other users from
accessing the structure.
See the LOCK command description for
more information.
Examples

Use the DISMOUNT command to dismount the structure MISe:.
OPR>DISMOUNT STRUCTURE MISC:<RET>
OPR>
16:29:30 <5> Device MISC:
-- Problem removing structure -Mount count = 1
Type 'RESPOND <number> ABORT' to not dismount structure MISC.
Type 'RESPOND <number> PROCEED' to dismount structure MISC
anyway.
OPR>RESPOND 5 PROCEED<RET>
OPR>
16:01:18

-- Structure MISC Dismounted -From Unit: RBA2

OPR>
2.

Use the DISMOUNT command to dismount
currently mounted on tape drive MTAO:.

the

OPR>DISMOUNT TAPE-DRIVE MTAO:<RET>
OPR>
16:45:01

Device MTAO

OPR>

2-28

-- Unloading --

tape

volume

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ENABLE
ENABLE

Function
The ENABLE command turns
below.

(or

starts)

the

features

listed

It enables you to turn processors on-line in a multiprocessor
system.

It enables the ORION logging facility for recording OPR/ORION
commands and transactions.

It enables output display
with the DISABLE command.

It enables queue requests so that users can request
be processed.

It enables structure and volume recognition for structure and
tape mounts.

It enables timesharing.

messages

previously

disabled
jobs

Format
OPR>ENABLE keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords
JOB-SCHEDULING

adds the specified CPU to the system pool of
available resources.
The arguments ALL, ONLY
CPUn and CPUn specify which CPUs will schedule
jobs.
JOB-SCHEDULING
applies
only
to
Symmetric Multi-Processing systems. To remove
a CPU from the system pool of available
resources,
see the DISABLE
JOB-SCHEDULING
command.

QUEUES

enables queue requests on the specified
or output devices.

LOGGING

enables the ORION logging facility.
The ORION
logging facility logs all messages passing
through the operating system and stores these
messages in a log file.
LOGGING keeps records
of the messages and interactions between ORION
and the system.
This keyword has no arguments
or switches.

OUTPUT-DISPLAY

enables the display of specified types of
messages on your terminal.
The message types
are the arguments and switches
to
this
keyword.

2-29

input

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ENABLE
QUEUE-REQUESTS

enables all users to make queue requests.
With queue requests enabled, a user can submit
a batch or card reader job,
a card-punch,
paper-tape-punch,
plotter,
or
a printer
request to the system.
This keyword has no
arguments or switches.

TIMESHARING

enables timesharing after a KSYS has occurred.
To cancel a pending KSYS event, use the CANCEL
EVENT-REQUEST command.
For information about
setting the KSYS time,
see the SET KSYS
command.

STRUCTURE-RECOGNITION
automatically mounts and makes accessible
users the following structures:
with

spinning
structures
recognition enabled

forcibly RECOGNIZED structures

volume

The
ENABLE
STRUCTURE-RECOGNITION
affects all structures to be mounted.

command

VOLUME-RECOGNITION
enables volume recognition for tapes and disk
packs. Volume recognition allows you to mount
labeled tapes and structures on tape/disk
drives without having to identify the tape or
structure to the system with the RECOGNIZE
command.
(See the RECOGNIZE command.)
JOB-SCHEDULING Arguments
ALL-CPUs

allows all available CPUs to schedule jobs.

ONLY CPUn

allows only the specified CPU to schedule
jobs, and disables all currently enabled CPUs.
(n = CPU number)

CPUn

allows the specified CPU to schedule jobs.
(n = CPU number)

OUTPUT-DISPLAY Arguments
ALL-MESSAGES

displays all operator, system, user, and error
messages on your OPR terminal. ALL-MESSAGES
is the default.

BATCH-MESSAGES

displays messages generated during
processing.

batch

displays
jobs.

card-punch

job

CARD-PUNCH-MESSAGES
messages

2-30

generated

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ENABLE
CARD-READER-INTERPRETER-MESSAGES
displays messages generated by card reader
jobs or batch jobs submitted with the /READER
switch.
CATALOG-MESSAGES

displays messages generated by changes to
system catalog.

the

CONFIG-MESSAGES

displays messages generated by changes to
system configuration.

the

EVENT-MESSAGES

displays messages generated by special events
such as billing file closure, ORION log file
closure, scheduled system shutdown,
or Usage
accounting file closure.
See the SHOW QUEUES
EVENTS command for more information on these
event types.

FAL-MESSAGES

displays messages generated
file access requests.

LCP-MESSAGES

displays messages generated by the LAT Control
Program.

MOUNT-MESSAGES

displays messages generated when users request
tape and structure mounts and dismounts.

NCP-MESSAGES

displays messages generated
Network Control Program.

during

network

the

DECnet

generated

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-MESSAGES
displays
messages
paper-tape-punch jobs.
PLOTTER-MESSAGES

displays messages generated by plotter jobs.

PRINTER-MESSAGES

displays messages generated
jobs.

QUOTA-MESSAGES

displays messages generated by changes to
system catalogs.

READER-MESSAGES

displays messages
jobs.

USER-MESSAGES

displays messages generated when users make
requests to you through the PLEASE program.

generated

line

card

printer
the

reader

QUEUES Arguments

ALL-INPUT-OUTPUT

enables
all
paper-tape-punch,
requests.

BATCH

enables all batch queue requests.

CARD-PUNCH

enables all card-punch queue requests.

2-31

card-punch,
batch,
plotter,
and printer queue

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ENABLE

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

enables all paper-tape-punch queue requests.

PLOTTER

enables all plotter queue requests.

PRINTER

enables all printer queue requests.

VOLUME-RECOGNITION Arguments

DISK-DRIVES

enables volume recognition on all disk drives.

TAPE-DRIVES

enables volume recognition on tape drives.

disk-drive-name:

enables volume recognition on the specified
disk drive.
Specify the disk-drive-name in
the following format:
xxcn:
xx is the device type (RP for
and RN for RP20) .
c
n

tape-drive-name:

RP04

RP07,

is the disk controller iden~ification.
is the disk drive number.

enables volume recognition for the specified
tape drive.
You must include the colon.
Specify the name in the following format:
MTxn:
x

is the tape controller identification

is the tape drive number.

OUTPUT-DISPLAY Switches

/INFORMATION-MESSAGES
displays informational messages such as errors
that occur due to an application problem.
Messages that require no operator response are
considered informational messages.
/JOB-MESSAGES

displays messages that notify you when a
device or stream begins or ends processing a
job request.

/OPR-ACTION-MESSAGES
displays messages that notify you of action to
be performed as requested by a user or a
processing job.
Messages that require
a
response,
such as PLEASE messages, will be
displayed.
If you do not specify one of these switches,
all three types of messages are assumed by
default.

2-32

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ENABLE
Examples
1.

You have previously disabled queue requests to allow those
requests in the queues to be processed before a shift
turnover.
You can now enable queue requests.
OPR>ENABLE QUEUES<RET>
OPR>
16:34:03

-- System Queue's Entry Processing Enabled

OPR>
2.

You have started OPR on a terminal to display only mount
messages.
By default, when OPR is started, all messages are
displayed.
Therefore, you must disable all messages and then
enable mount messages .
. R OPR<RET>
OPR>DISABLE OUTPUT-DISPLAY ALL-MESSAGES<RET>
OPR>
08:45:18

-- OUTPUT-DISPLAY of OPR Modified

OPR>ENABLE OUTPUT-DISPLAY MOUNT-MESSAGES<RET>
OPR>
08:45:47

-- OUTPUT-DISPLAY of OPR Modified

OPR>
3.

You ENABLE volume recognition on tape drive MTA2:
after you
have disabled volume recognition and initialized some scratch
tapes.
OPR>ENABLE VOLUME-RECOGNITION MTA2:<RET>
OPR>
15:45:12

Device MTA2 -- Volume Recognition is Enabled --

OPR>
4.

Use the ENABLE
schedule jobs.

JOB-SCHEDULING

command

enable

CPU1

OPR>ENABLE JOB-SCHEDULING CPU1<RET>
OPR>
15:54:23
-- Job Scheduling Enabled for Specified CPU(s) -OPR>

2-33

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ENTER
ENTER

Function

The ENTER command allows you to work with the
subsets:
o

CATALOG

CONFIG

LCP (LAT Control Program)

NCP (Network Control Program)

QUOTA

following

command

Each of the above has its own set of commands.
For more
information about these command subsets see Chapter 3.
If you
are unfamiliar with a command subset, do not attempt to use it
until you hav~ read the appropriate section of Chapter 3.
To exit from a command subset use either the RETURN or EXIT
commands.
The RETURN command returns your job to OPR command
level.
The EXIT command returns your job to monitor command
level.
Format

OPR>ENTER keyword<RET>
Keywords

CATALOG

enters the CATALOG command subset.

CONFIG

enters the CONFIG command subset.

LCP

enters the LCP command subset.

NCP

enters the NCP command subset.

QUOTA

enters the QUOTA command subset.

Examples

Type CATALOG to enter the CATALOG command subset.
OPR>ENTER CATALOG<RET>
CATALOG>

Type RETURN to return to OPR command level
CATALOG>RETURN<RET>
OPR>

2-34

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
EXIT
EXIT

Function

The EXIT command allows you to exit OPR command level and
to monitor command level.

return

To return to OPR command level, you can use the monitor command,
CONTINUE, provided that you do not alter memory.
See the TOPS-10
Operating System Commands Manual for more information about the
CONTINUE command.
For.mat

OPR>EXIT<RET>
Restriction

Because OPR takes time to respond to some commands, the immediate
action of the EXIT command may prevent you from seeing output
from previously issued commands. However, the processing of the
previous commands will not be interrupted when you EXIT from OPR.
Examples

Use the EXIT command to
command level.

leave

OPR

and

return

monitor

OPR>EXIT<RET>

After completing your task with commands that do not alter
memory, use the monitor command CONTINUE to return to OPR .
. CONTINUE <RET>
OPR>

2-35

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
FORWARD SPACE
FORWARD SPACE

Function

The FORWARDSPACE command spaces the print file on the line
printer in a forward direction, so that you can skip the printing
of a job, file, or page(s).
The FORWARDSPACE command allows you
to forwardspace the print file so that you can save paper and
print only what is needed as output.
You may have to forwardspace a particular file that is currently
printing on the line printer if, for example, a user requires
only a portion of some printed output.
Format

OPR>FORWARDSPACE keyword nn /switch<RET>
Keyword

PRINTER nn

specifies the line printer (output device) and
unit
number
to
forwardspace
the forms
currently printing (for example, PRINTER 0 for
LPTO,
PRINTER 1 for LPT1, and so forth).
You
must specify the PRINTER keyword and unit
number.

Switches

/NODE:identifier

You must specify one of the following switches:
/COPIES:nnnn

specifies the number of copies to be skipped
over printing.
The number you specify is
subtracted from the number that was queued
with the PRINT command.
For example, if a
user issued the command:
PRINT FOO.BAR/COPIES:25
and you issue the FORWARD SPACE command with
/COPIES:10 while FOO.BAR is printing on the
line printer, the total number of copies
printed will be 15.

2-36

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
FORWARD SPACE

/FILE

specifies to forwardspace one file when a
multifile PRINT request has been given by a
user. For example,
if a user issues the
command:
PRINT F001.BAR,F002.BAR,F003.BAR
and you issue the FORWARD SPACE command with
/FILE while F001.BAR is printing on the line
printer, F002.BAR starts printing on the line
printer.
The remaining pages of F001.BAR are
skipped.

/PAGES:nnnn

specifies the
number
of
pages
to
be
forwardspaced for the file that is currently
being printed.
If you do not specify either
the /COPIES or the /FILE switch, then you must
specify the /PAGES switch.
The number you
specify
(nnnn)
refers to the physical number
of pages and not to the number of disk pages
used to store the file.

Examples

Specify line printer 0 for the FORWARDSPACE command
15 copies of a print request of 25 copies.

skip

OPR>FORWARDSPACE PRINTER 0 /COPIES:15<RET>
OPR>
12:34:34

Printer 0

-- Forward Spaced 15 Copies --

OPR>
2.

Specify line printer 2 with the FORWARD SPACE command
forwardspace one file from the file currently printing.

OPR>FORWARDSPACE PRINTER 2 /FILE<RET>
OPR>
13:21:09

Printer 2

-- Forward Spaced 1 File --

OPR>
3.

Use the FORWARDSPACE command to forwardspace 12 pages from
the page currently printing on line printer 1 because of a
user request.
OPR>FORWARDSPACE PRINTER 1 /PAGE:12<RET>
OPR>
10:20:30

Printer 1

-- Forward Spaced 12 Pages --

OPR>

2-37

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
HELP
HELP

Function

The HELP command prints a paragraph of text about the OPR command
you specify as the keyword to the HELP command.
Format

OPR>HELP keyword<RET>
where keyword can be any available OPR command.
Restrictions

If you specify an invalid OPR command as a keyword with the
command, OPR responds with:

HELP

%No help available for "command"
You can then press <CTRL/H> or retype the HELP command
specify a correct OPR command as a keyword with HELP.

and

If you do not specify any OPR command as a keyword
command, OPR prints the text for the HELP command.

HELP

the

Examples

Use the HELP command to get more information about HELP.
OPR>HELP HELP<RET>
The HELP command allows you to display the function,
arguments, and switches of any OPR command.

format,

The format is:
HELP keyword
where keyword can be any valid OPR command.
A list of OPR commands may be
response to the OPR> prompt.

obtained

OPR>? one of the following:
ABORT
ALIGN
BACKSPACE
CONTINUE
DEFINE
DISABLE
ENTER
EXIT
FORWARD SPACE
LOCK
MODIFY
IDENTIFY
PUSH
RECOGNIZE
RELEASE
RESPOND
ROUTE
RESTRICT
SHOW
SHUTDOWN
START
TAKE
UNLOCK
UNRESTRICT

typing

"?"

CANCEL
DISMOUNT
HELP
MOUNT
REPORT
SEND
STOP
WAIT

CLOSE
ENABLE
HOLD
NEXT
REQUEUE
SET
SUPPRESS

NCP

QUOTA

or one of the following:
CATALOG

CONFIG

LCP

OPR>
2-38

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
HELP
2.

Use the HELP
command.

command

get

information

about

the

TAKE

OPR

OPR>HELP TAKE<RET>
The TAKE command allows you to execute
commands from a specified command file.

series

The format is:
TAKE filespec
where filespec is the name of the command file,
followed by one of these optional switches:
/DISPLAY
/NODISPLAY
OPR>

2-39

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
HOLD
HOLD

Function
The HOLD command prevents specified batch or output requests from
being processed.
Use the RELEASE command to reschedule jobs that
with the HOLD command.

have

been

held

To examine jobs waiting in a queue to be processed, use the
QUEUES command.

SHOW

Format
OPR>HOLD keyword argument<RET>
Keywords
BATCH-JOBS

holds one or more jobs in the batch
queue that are waiting to be processed.

input

CARD-PUNCH-JOBS

holds one or more jobs in the card punch
output queue that are waiting to be processed.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-JOBS
holds one or more jobs in the paper-tape-punch
output queue that are waiting to be processed.
PLOTTER-JOBS

holds one or more jobs in the plotter output
queue that are waiting to be processed.

PRINTER-JOBS

holds one or more jobs in the line printer
output queue that are waiting to be processed.

Arguments
the

request-id-number

holds
the
job
specified
request-identification number.

[PPN]

holds all jobs for a particular user.
Tne
[PPN]
(project-programmer number) identifies
the user.

holds all types of jobs
keyword for all users.

specified

the

Restrictions
The HOLD command is effective only for the jobs currently waiting
to be processed. Any jobs submitted after the HOLD command was
issued are not held.
You cannot hold a job that is currently being processed in a
batch stream or on an output device.
If you need to stop the job
from processing, use the STOP command. For more information, see
the STOP command description.
2-40

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
HOLD

Examples
1.

HOLD a line printer job whose request-id-number is 127. This
job will be rescheduled when you issue a RELEASE command for
this job.
OPR>HOLD PRINTER-JOBS 127<RET>
OPR>
10:54:07

-- 1 Job Held

OPR>
2.

HOLD all card-punch jobs.
OPR>HOLD CARD-PUNCH-JOBS <RET>
OPR>
11:34:35

-- 10 Jobs Held

OPR>
3.

HOLD all batch jobs for user [27,5107].
OPR>HOLD BATCH-JOBS [27,5107]<RET>
OPR>
12:20:32

-- 15 Jobs Held --

OPR>

2-41

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

IDENTIFY
IDENTIFY

Function

The IDENTIFY command allows you to service tape mount requests by
enabling you to:
o

Satisfy a user tape mount request for an unlabeled tape.

Assign a volume identification (volid)
for
writing on an unlabeled or labeled tape.

user

who

When a user issues a mount request for an unlabeled tape,
you
must physically locate, mount, and prepare the requested tape on
an available tape drive and then identify the tape mount request
to the tape drive.
If you have volume recognition enabled and your installation uses
labeled tapes, you do not need to use the IDENTIFY command after
you mount and'ready a tape on a tape drive.
Format

OPR>IDENTIFY keyword argument<RET>
Keyword

MTxn:

specifies the physical tape drive unit,
where
x is the tape controller identification and n
is the tape drive number.
You must specify a
colon at the end of the unit number.

Arguments

REQUEST-ID nn

specifies that you are attempting to use the
tape on drive MTxn: to satisfy tape-mountrequest number nne

VOLUME-ID volid

specifies the volume identifier (volid) of the
tape volume you have mounted on the tape
drive.
The volid can consist of from 1 to 6
alphanumeric
characters.
If
the
volid
contains
nonalphanumeric
characters
(characters other than A through Z. and 0
through 9), the volid must be enclosed in
double quotes.
NOTE

If someone mounts a tape and you do not know its
identity, you can use the RECOGNIZE command to display
the volume identity before you issue the IDENTIFY
command.
For more information,
see the RECOGNIZE
command description.

2-42

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
IDENTIFY
Example
A user requests that you mount an unlabeled tape. After the tape
mount request appears,
you mount and prepare the tape and then
identify the tape to the mount request.
OPR>
14:34:20

OPR>
14:36:12

-- Magtape mount request #43
User: PERK
[10,5211] job# 27
Volume-set-name: MTA-DJ7222
Volume-ID

Write

Labels

Track

Density

M16Y73

Enabled

1600

Device MTA2 -- Unlabeled Volume Mounted -Density 1600 BPI, Write-Enabled

OPR>IDENTIFY MTA2: REQUEST-ID 43<RET>
OPR>
14:36:15

Device MTA2 -- Volume M16Y73 Reassigned -User: PERK [10,5211] Job# 27

OPR>

2-43

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
LOCK
LOCK

Function
The I.OCK conunand prohibits users from accessing a disk file
structure so that you can remove the structure from the system.
If a timesharing job is accessing the structure,
the job is
refused access after its current program has completed.
If a
batch job is accessing the structure,
the LOCK conunand takes
effect after the batch job is completed.
When the LOCK conunand takes effect,
from the disk drive.

the

structure

unloaded

See the UNLOCK conunand for information about reversing the action
of the LOCK conunand.

Format
OPR>LOCK arguments /switch<RET>

Arguments
structure-name:

specifies a 1- to 4-character structure name
that is currently known to the system.
The
structure must be mounted and on-line.
The
name must end with a colon(:).

date-and-time

specifies an optional date and time when the
structure will be LOCKed so that users cannot
access it.
The date is in the format of
"nun-dd-yy," where nun is the month, dd is the
day, and yy is the year, separated by hyphens.
The time is in the format of "hh:nun," where hh
is the hour and nun is the minutes,
separated
by a colon.
The time is based on the 24-hour
clock.

Switch
/NOUNLOAD

specifies that the disk pack is to remain
mounted and spinning on the disk drive, but
the file structure is to be dismounted.
This
switch is useful when you must perform a task
on the structure, such as refreshing it with
the ONCE program, without users accessing the
disk pack.
If this switch is not specified,
the structure is unloaded
(stops spinning)
from the disk drive.

2-44

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
LOCK
Restrictions
If you specify a structure name not known to the system, you
the following error message:

get

? No such device
If you specify a structure name that is currently LOCKed, you get
the following message:
hh:mm:ss

structure name: already LOCKed ---

If you specify an optional date without a time, the time defaults
to 00:00:00 (or the start of that date).
If you specify an optional time without a date, the date defaults
to the current date.
If the time has already occurred for the
current date, the time applies to the next day.
Examples
1.

Use the LOCK command to restrict all users from accessing the
structure SYS1: so that you can refresh it.
OPR>LOCK SYS1:

/NOUNLOAD<RET>

OPR>
8:23:19

--- Structure SYS1 Locked ---

OPR>
2.

Use the LOCK command to restrict all users from accessing
DSKZ: after 5 o'clock.
When you specify the date or time, no
message appears at the OPR terminal until that date or time
has occurred.
OPR>LOCK DSKZ: 3-7-88:17:00:00<RET>
OPR>
12:32:09

structure DSKZ -LOCK set for 7-Mar-88 17:00:00

OPR>
At 5 o'clock the following messages appear:
17:00:02

-- Structure DSKZ Locked --

OPR>
17:00:02

-- Structure DSKZ Dismounted -From Unit: RPB4

OPR>

2-45

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
MODIFY
MODIFY

Function
The MODIFY command allows you to change either of the following:
o

The priority
processing

job

request

waiting

queue

for,

The disk unit or structure name in one of the system lists.

When you modify the priority of a job request,
you change the
importance of that job request in relationship to other jobs in
the queues waiting to be processed.
When a user submits a job request for processing,
its priority
number defaults to a value that is set at GALGEN time.
The user
who requests the job can set the priority value with the
/PRIORITY:
switch.
However, the MODIFY command permits you to
override the priority value for any job request.
When you change a system list, you remove or add a disk-unit name
(or structure)
to either the active-swapping list, crash-dump
list, or system-search list.
NOTE
Consult your system manager before using the
MODIFY command to change system lists. Removing
or adding a structure or disk unit to any of the
lists can greatly affect the performance of your
system.
The system lists are determined by the disk HOME blocks when the
monitor is brought up.
To check the current system lists, use
the SHOW SYSTEM command.
Format
OPR>MODIFY keyword argument PRIORITY nn<RET>
Keywords
ACTIVE-SWAPPING-LIST
modifies the list of disk unit names that
system uses to swap pages of memory.
BATCH-REQUEST

modifies one or
waiting
in the
processed.

the

more batch job
requests
batch input queue to be

CARD-PUNCH-REQUEST modifies one or more card-punch job requests
waiting in the card-punch output queue to be
processed.
CRASH-DUMP-LIST

modifies the list of structure names that the
system uses to dump
(or copy) all pages of
memory during a system crash.
2-46

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
MODIFY

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-REQUEST
modifies one or more paper-tape-punch job
requests
waiting
in the paper-tape-punch
output queue to be processed.
PLOTTER-REQUEST

modifies one or
waiting in the
processed.

PRINTER-REQUEST

modifies one or more line-printer job requests
waiting in the line-printer output queue to be
processed.

more plotter job requests
plotter output queue to be

SYSTEM-SEARCH-LIST modifies the list of structure names that the
system uses to search for file structures and
file names.
Arguments

request-id-number

modifies a single request from a particular
user, as specified by the appropriate keyword.

[PPN]

modifies all jobs as
specified
by
the
appropriate keyword for a particular user.
The
[PPN]
(project-programmer
number)
identifies the user.

modifies all requests from
specified by the keyword.

PRIORITY nn

modifies the priority number
(nn)
that the
request(s)
will be set to.
The number can be
in the range from 1 to 63.
The higher the
number is,
the greater the importance of the
request.
You
must
specify
the
word
"PRIORITY."

EXCLUDE

specifies the name of a disk
unit
(or
structure)
that is to be removed from one of
the above system lists.

INCLUDE

specifies the name of a disk
unit
(or
structure)
that is to be added to one of the
above system lists.

disk-unit-name:

specifies the name of the disk unit to be
excluded or included in the active-swapping
list. The disk unit name can be from 1 to 4
alphanumeric characters in length, followed by
a colon.

structure:

specifies the name of the file structure to be
excluded or included in either the crash-dump
list or the system-search list.
The structure
name
can
be
from 1 to 4 alphanu~eric
characters in length,
followed by a colon.
The structure must be mounted before you use
the MODIFY command.

2-47

all

users

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
MODIFY
Restriction

You cannot MODIFY the priority of a job request once it has begun
to process in a batch stream or on an output device.
If you attempt to exclude or include a disk unit
(or structure)
name that has not been recognized by the system, you get the
following error message:
? Unknown device:

"device"

If you specify a disk unit
(or structure)
that is already
included in the system list, you get the following error message:
hh:mm:ss

Device "str" -- Is already in "system" list

where "str" is ·the disk unit name
(or
"system" is the name of the system list.

structure

name)

and

Examples

Modify a printer request so that its priority will be greater
than the next request to be printed.
Thus, if print request
13 was the next print request and you modify print request 15
to be 50, print request 15 prints before print request 13.
OPR>MODIFY PRINTER-REQUEST 15 PRIORITY 50<RET>
OPR>
13:54:19
-- 1 Job Modified -OPR>

Modify all card-punch requests for user
[27,3223]
so that
these requests will be output on the card punch before any
other card-punch requests.
OPR>MODIFY CARD-PUNCH-REQUEST [27,3223] PRIORITY 63<RET>
OPR>
16:13:20
-- 8 Jobs Modified -OPR>

You have been instructed by your system manager to
OPRl:
from the system-search list and to add OPR2:
system-search list.

remove
to the

OPR>MODIFY SYSTEM-SEARCH-LIST EXCLUDE OPRl<RET>
OPR>
09:31:57
Device OPRI -- Removed from System Search List -OPR>MODIFY SYSTEM-SEARCH-LIST INCLUDE OPR2:<RET>
OPR>
09:32:15
Device OPR2 -- Added to System Search List -OPR>

2-48

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
MOUNT
MOUNT

Function

The MOUNT command mounts a structure and assigns it an alias name
when structure and/or volume recognition is disabled.
When both structure and volume recognition are disabled,
first
mount and prepare the structure.
Then use the RECOGNIZE command
to force MDA to read the HOME blocks of the structure and
recognize the volume mounted.
Finally, use the MOUNT command so
that the system acknowledges the structure as mounted.
Fo:r:mat

OPR>MOUNT keyword arguments /switch<RET>
Keyword

STRUCTURE

specifies a file structure.
You must include
the keyword STRUCTURE in the MOUNT command.

Arguments

structure-name:

specifies the logical identification of the
file structure you have mounted and made
ready.
The structure name can be from 1 to 4
alphanumeric characters in length followed
with a colon.
An example of a
logical
structure name is DSKA:.

alias-name:

specifies a I-to 4-alphanumeric character name
when two file structures are of the same name.
For example, if 'two file structures exist as
DSKA:,
the second structure could have an
alias of ADSK: .

Switches

/OVERRIDE-SET-NUMBER
specifies that the structure is always mounted
even if the disk set number is inappropriate
for the monitor.
/WRITE-LOCKED

specifies a read-only state for the
you have mounted.

structure

Restriction

If you have not mounted and/or prepared all structures,
the
following error message occurs when you use the MOUNT command:
hh:mm:ss

Device str
Invalid Mount Request -All Required Volumes Are Not Spinning

where "str" is the structure name in the MOUNT command.
2-49

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
MOUNT

Examples
1.

You have structure recognition disabled and you mount and
prepare DSKZ:.
When the system recognizes the volume, the
following message appears at your OPR terminal.
9:45:13

Device RPBO --Volume DSKZO for structure DSKZ Mounted--

Now use the MOUNT command so that the system
structure DSKZ:
as mounted.

recognizes

the

OPR>MOUNT STRUCTURE DSKZ:<RET>
OPR> 9:45:36

-- structure DSKZ Mounted --

OPR>
2.

You have both structure and volume recognition disabled and
you are mounting a structure of the same name as another
structure on the system.
OPR>RECOGNIZE RPB1:<RET>
OPR>
10:23:12

Device RPB1 --Volume DSKXO for Structure DSKX Mounted--

OPR>MOUNT STRUCTURE DSKX: XDSK:<RET>
OPR>
10:23:47

-- Structure XDSK Mounted --

2-50

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
NEXT
NEXT

Function

The NEXT command allows you to specify the request that will be
serviced next in an input queue. When you use the NEXT command,
the request that you specified starts immediately after the
current request is finished.
Format

OPR>NEXT keyword nn REQUEST-ID mm /switch<RET>
Keywords

BATCH-STREAM nn

specifies the ba'tch stream in which
will run.

the

job

CARD-PUNCH nn

specifies the card punch that will punch
job.

the

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH nn specifies the paper
punch the job.

tape

punch

that

will

PLOTTER nn

specifies the plotter that will plot the job.

PRINTER nn

specifies the line printer
the job.

that

will

Switch

/NODE:identifier

specif1ies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
command should be effective. For example, to
specify
the
node
named
KL1026,
use
/NODE:KL1026.
If you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.

2-51

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
NEXT
Example

A user (MORRILL) requests that his print job be moved to the top
of the print queue to be printed when a printer is available.
You
must
examine
the
print
queue
to
obtain
the
request-identification number for his print request.
Then you
use the NEXT command to place his request next in the queue.
OPR>SHOW QUEUES PRINTER<RET>
OPR>
11:35:43

-- System Queues Listing --

Printer Queue:
Job Name Req#

* BREAK

MAIL
SNOOPY

14
145
10

Limit
200
35
65

User
KOVALCIN, D [10,4635] On unit:O
MAROTTA, M [27,555]
MORRILL [42,2520]
/After:29-May-88 12:00

There are 3 jobs in the queue (1 in progress)
OPR>NEXT PRINTER Q REQUEST-ID 10<RET>
OPR>
11:36:17

Printer 0 -- NEXT request #10 scheduled

OPR>

2-52

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

PUSH
PUSH

Function

The PUSH command enables you to enter monitor command level
without exiting the OPR program. For example, you may want to
use PUSH so that you can enter operator-privileged monitor
commands. To return to OPR, use the monitor command POP.
For more information about PUSH and POP, see the CONTEXT
in the TOPS-10 Operating System Commands Manual.

command

Format

OPR>PUSH<RET>
Examples

Use the PUSH command to enter monitor command level
you can use the SYSTAT E monitor command.

that

OPR>PUSH<RET>
.SYSTAT E<RET>

After you use the SYSTAT E command, type POP to return to OPR
command level .
. POP<RET>
OPR>

2-53

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
RECOGNIZE
RECOGNIZE

Function
The RECOGNIZE conunand forces the system to read the volume labels
of a tape or structure.
This conunand need only be used when
hardware restrictions limit the use of volume recognition.
In
addition, this conunand is useful in the following situations:
o

When a labeled tape has been mounted on a tape drive after an
unassigned labeled tape has been unloaded by pressing the
UNLOAD button on the tape drive (TU70, 71, 72, 73 only) .

When a tape is mounted on a drive which
on-line interrupts (for example, TU40).

When VOLUME-RECOGNITION has been disabled fort:ue tape
or disk drive.

does

not

generate
drive

Format
OPR>RECOGNIZE argument<RET>
Arguments
MTxn:

specifies the tape-drive name, where x is the
tape controller identification and n is the
tape-drive number.

xxcn:

specifies the disk-drive name that currently
has a disk pack mounted and ready on it.
The
name is in the format of xxcn:,
where xx
represents the device type (RP for RP04, RP06
and RP07, RA for RA80, RA81 and RA60,
and RN
for RP20);
c represents the disk controller
identification; and n is
the
disk-drive
number.

Restriction
If the tape drive is unavailable, you must first use the SET
TAPE-DRIVE AVAILABLE conunand, and then the RECOGNIZE conunand.
If the tape volume is unlabeled and
conunand, the following message appears:
hh:nun: ss

Device MTAn

you

use

the

RECOGNIZE

-- Unlabeled Volume Mounted --

You must then use the IDENTIFY conunand to have the system
recognize the unlabeled tape volume to a particular tape mount
request.
See the IDENTIFY conunand
description
for
more
information.
Do no·t press the UNLOAD button on, TU70 tape drives to unload and
remove a tape. Always use either the monitor conunand DISMOUNT or
the OPR conunand DISMOUNT to unload a tape from a TU70 tape drive.

2-54

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
RECOGNIZE
Examples

You have volume recognition disabled on tape drive 1
(MTAl:)
and you mount a labeled tape on MTAl:
in response to a user
MOUNT request. After the tape has been brought to a "ready"
state,
you must use the RECOGNIZE command to have the system
recognize the labeled tape on the tape drive.
OPR>RECOGNIZE MTAl:<RET>
OPR>
12:34:12

Device MTAI -- Volume BACKUP Reassigned
User: BROWN,E [27,5107] Job 59

OPR>
2.

If someone has mounted a disk pack on a disk drive that has
VOLUME-RECOGNITION
disabled,
you can use the RECOGNIZE
command to force the system to read the pack's home blocks.
OPR>RECOGNIZE RPB6:<RET.
OPR>
8: 16·: 27
OPR>
8:16:28

Device RPB6 --Volume GALOO for structure GALO Mounted--- structure GALO Mounted --

OPR>

2-55

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
RELEASE
RELEASE

Function

The RELEAsE command releases job requests that were held with the
HOLD command or REQUEUE command. When you RELEASE a previously
held job request, the job is rescheduled for processing.
To examine jobs waiting in the queue to be processed or any jobs
being held, use the SHOW QUEUES command with the /ALL switch.
Format

OPR>RELEASE keyword argument<RET>
Keywords

BATCH-JOBS

releases one or more jobs held
input queue.

the

batch

CARD-PUNCH-JOBS

releases one or more jobs
card-punch output queue.

held

the

releases one or more jobs held
paper-tape-punch output queue.

the

PLOTTER-JOBS

releases one or more jobs held in the
output queue.

plotter

PRINTER-JOBS

releases one or more jobs
printer output queue.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-JOBS

held

the

line

Arguments

request-id-number

releases a single job for a particular user as
specified
by
the
request-identification
number.

[PPN]

releases all types of jobs, as specified by
the appropriate keyword,
for ~ particular
user. The [PPN]
(project-programmer numbe.r)
identifies the user.

releases all jobs held
specified by the keyword.

2-56

for

all

users

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
RELEASE
Examp1es
1.

Use the RELEASE command to release a line-printer job request
for user [10,3111].
OPR>RELEASE PRINTER-JOBS [10,3111]<RET>
OPR>
14:23:45

-- 1 Job Released --

OPR>
2.

Use the RELEASE command to
requests held in the queue.

release

all

card-punch

OPR>RELEASE CARD-PUNCH-JOBS <RET>
OPR>
15:23:01

-- 10 Jobs Released

OPR>
3.

Use the RELEASE command to release batch job request 117.
OPR>RELEASE BATCH-JOBS 117<RET>
OPR>
17:18:20
-- 1 Job Released
OPR>

2-57

job

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
REPORT
REPORT

Function

The REPORT command allows you to report various comments or
existing error conditions.
These reports are logged into the
system log file ERROR.SYS, thus creating a system log entry.
To
list these entries, you can run the SPEAR program.
(Refer to the
TOPS-10/20 SPEAR Manual for more information.)
Format

OPR>REPORT user-name argument text<RET>
Arguments

user-name

specifies the name of the user making the
report to ERROR.SYS. Your project-programmer
number is automatically entered into
the
system log entry.
If you do not specify this
keyword, it is not entered into the system log
entry.

device

specifies one of the system devices that is
the subject of the report.
This keyword is
only needed if the report
is
about
a
particular device.

text

After specifying the device, you can enter a
single- or multiple-line response and confirm
with a carriage return,
or you can confirm
with carriage return immediately after the
user name or device. OPR responds with ENTER
TEXT AND TERMINATE WITH AZ.
You then enter as
many lines of text for a response as you need.
When you press <CTRL/Z>,
the OPR> prompt
returns and your report is logged into the
ERROR.SYS file.

Examples

Use the REPORT command for a previous cancellation of
being read into the system through the card reader.

job

OPR>REPORT OPR CDR260: TOO MANY PICK CHECKS<RET>
OPR>
12:19:00

ERROR.SYS entry made by the REPORT command --

OPR>

2-58

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
REPORT
2.

Use the REPORT command to
problem that seems serious.

describe

possible

hardware

OPR>REPORT OPR<RET>
Enter text and terminate with AZ
THERE WAS JUST A HEAD CRASH ON STRUCTURE MISC:<RET>
ALL FILES WILL BE~TOREDAZ-OPR>
15:18:01
-- ERROR.SYS entry made by the REPORT command -OPR>

2-59

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
REQUEUE
REQUEUE

Function

The REQUEUE command stops a job request that is in progress, puts
the job request back in the queue in the HOLD state, and cancels
the in-progress job request. To reschedule the job, use the
RELEASE command.
Format

OPR>REQUEUE keyword nn /switch argument<RET>
Keywords

BATCH-STREAM

requeues a particular batch stream that has
job currently active within it.

CARD-PUNCH

requeues a particular card-punch that
job currently being output on it.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

requeues a particular paper-tape-punch
has a job currently being output on it.

PLOTTER

requeues a particular plotter that has
currently being output on it.

PRINTER

requeues a particular line-printer that has
job currently printing on it.

has

that
a

job
a

Switches

/NODE:identifier

specifies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies the remote node for which the
command is effective. For example, to specify
the node named KLI026, use /NODE:KLI026.
If
you do not specify a node identifier, your own
node is the default.

/REASON:comment

allows you to include a comment explaining why
the job has been requeued.
This comment
appears in the batch log file and at the
user's terminal.
If the comment is longer
than one line, you can end the first line with
a hyphen and a carriage return and continue
the comment on the next line.
If you press
RETURN
immediately
after the colon, OPR
responds with the instruction: ENTER TEXT AND
TERMINATE WITH AZ. You can then enter as many
lines of text as necessary. When you finish
entering the text, type a <CTRL/Z> and the
OPR> prompt reappears.

2-60

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
REQUEUE
Arguments

BEGINNING-OF

specifies that requeuing
starts
at
the
beginning of the COPY, FILE, or JOB. This
argument is valid when you requeue a job
currently processing on a device, such as the
line printer. This argument is invalid with
the BATCH-STREAM keyword.

COpy

specifies that requeuing
starts
at
the
beginning of the current copy being processed.
(Refer to the BACKSPACE and
FORWARD SPACE
commands.)

FILE

specifies that requeuing
starts
at
the
beginning of the current file being processed.
(Refer to the BACKSPACE and
FORWARD SPACE
commands.)

JOB

specifies that requeuing
starts
at
the
beginning of the current job being processed.
with JOB, the entire job is requeued.

CURRENT-POSITION

specifies the current position
(line number)
of the job on unit number nn at the time you
issue the REQUEUE command.

Examples

Use the REQUEUE command to hold and cancel
stream 5.

job

batch

OPR>REQUEUE BATCH-STREAM ~ /REQUEST-ID:56<RET>
OPR>
10:23:56
OPR>
10:23:57

Batch Stream 5 -- REQUEUE command queued
Job TEST Req #56 for BROWN [27,5107]
Batch Stream 5 -- End -Job TEST Req #56 for BROWN [27,5107]
-- Job Requeued by Operator --

OPR>

2-61

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
REQUEUE
2.

Use the REQUEUE command to hold
processing job on the card punch.

and

cancel

the

current

OPR>REQUEUE CARD-PUNCH 0 BEGINNING-OF JOB /REASON:<RET>
Enter text and terminate with AZ
JOB REQUEUED BECAUSE OF CARD PUNCH JAM. <RET>
FIELD SERVICE CALLED.<RE~
OPERATOR-JONES.AZ
OPR>
16:09:43
Card-punch 0 -- Requeued -Job PUNCH9 Req #99 for HOVSEPIAN [12,345]
OPR>
16:09:44

Card-punch 0 -- End -Job PUNCH9 Req #99 for HOVSEPIAN [12,345]
-- Job Requeued by Operator --

OPR>
3.

Use the REQUEUE command
processing job on the
current p~sition.

to hold and cancel the current
line printer, unit number 0, at the

OPR>REQUEUE PRINTER 0 CURRENT-POSITION<RET>
OPR>
12:34:09
OPR>
12:34:10

Printer 0 -- Requeued -Job BATCH1 Req #177 for HURLEY [27,5467]
Printer 0 -- End -Job BATCH1 Req #177 for HURLEY [27,5467]
-- Job Requeued by Operator --

OPR>

2-62

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

RESPOND
RESPOND

Function

The RESPOND command allows you to reply to any message sent to
you by means of WTOR (Write-To-Operator with Response) from a
user or from a batch job.
When a user or software task sends you a message that requires a
response,
OPR assigns the message a number so that you can keep
track of all messages sent to operations. Use the SHOW MESSAGES
command, to display outstanding messages.
You must specify a message number with the RESPOND command.
For.mat

OPR>RESPOND nnn text<RET>
Keywords

nnn

specifies the message number of a message that
was
sent
to
you
by
means
of
WTOR
(Write-To-Operator with Response) .

text

specifies a single- or multiple-line response.
If you press carriage return immediately after
the message number, OPR responds with ENTER
TEXT AND TERMINATE WITH AZ.
You can then
enter as many lines of text as needed.
To end
the text input, press <CTRL/Z> and the OPR>
prompt returns.

Examples

Use the RESPOND command to reply to message number 23,
was a Page Limit Exceeded message for printer 1.

which

12:30:00 <23> Printer 1 -- Page Limit Exceeded
Job OPRC Req t 147 for REILLY [30,5111]
Type 'RESPOND <Number> ABORT' to terminate the job now
Type 'RESPOND <Number> PROCEED' to allow the job to continue
printing
OPR>RESPOND 23 PROCEED<RET>
OPR>

2-63

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
RESPOND
2.

Use the RESPOND command to reply to message number 67,
which
was a request to remove a structure
(monitor DISMOUNT
command) .
13:57:01 <67> Device MISC: -- Problem removing structure -Mount count = 1
Type 'RESPOND <number> ABORT' to not dismount Structure MISC.
Type 'RESPOND <number> PROCEED' to dismount Structure MISC
anyway.
OPR>RESPOND 67 ABORT<RET>
OPR>
13:58:31

-- Can't dismount structure OPR2 --

OPR>
3.

Use the RESPOND command to reply to message number 12, which
was a user's inquiry about whether timesharing is available
after 18:00.
09:32:54

<12>

-- Message from timesharing user -User: PTAYLOR [27,6761] job# 27
WILL TIMESHARING BE AVAILABLE AFTER 18:00

OPR>RESPOND 12<RET>
Enter text and terminate with AZ
TIMESHARING IS AVAILABLE UNTIL 23:00 TONIGHTAZ
OPR>

2-64

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
RESTRICT
RESTRICT

Function
The RESTRICT command limits the use of a specified device to the
operator.
The RESTRICT command prevents non-privileged users
from mounting or assigning the device.
To remove the restriction
use the UNRESTRICT command.

Fo:r:mat
OPR>RESTRICT argument<RET>

Argument
dev:

specifies the
restricted.

name

the

Example
Use the RESTRICT command to restrict device MTA3.
OPR>RESTRICT MTA3:<RET>
OPR>
16:28:52
-- Device MTA3: restricted --

2-65

device

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ROUTE
ROUTE

Function

The ROUTE command changes the destination of output requests,
so
that the output intended for a specific unit(s) (the source
unit[s]) will automatically be output on another unit(s)
(the
destination unit[s]).
The source and destination units may be on
the same node, or they may be on different nodes.
This function is useful when a unit malfunctions and
from that device is necessary immediately.

the

output

If you are an operator at a central site, you can route output
from one unit to another,
on the same or any other node.
However, output cannot be processed on another host system.
If
you route output to another host node, the request(s) remain in
the queue indefinitely because the request cannot be processed.
If you are an operator at a remote node, you can route requests
from one unit to another on your node.
All device routing is entered into the system route table.
can
examine
the route table with the OPR command,
ROUTE-TABLE.

You
SHOW

To end routing and delete the entry from the system route table,
use the ROUTE command and omit the information pertaining to the
destination unit(s) and node.
Because the format and arguments used with the ROUTE command
depend largely on the keyword you use, it is highly recommended
that you use the recognition feature
«ESC»
until you feel
comfortable with the command format.
Format

OPR>ROUTE keyword source-argument destination-argument<RET>
Keywords

ALL-DEVICES

specifies all device
output
(card-punch,
paper-tape-punch, plotter, and printer) at the
node.

CARD-PUNCH

specifies card-punch output.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

specifies paper-tape-punch output.

PLOTTER

specifies plotter output.

PRINTER

specifies printer output.

2-66

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ROUTE

Arguments (for ALL-DEVICES)
source-information
specifies the node(s) from which the output is
to be routed.
The source-information for
ALL-DEVICES is specified by the node name or
by the keyword ALL-NODES.
destination-information
specifies the node(s) to which the output will
be
routed.
For
ALL-DEVICES,
the
destination-information is specified by the
node
name.
If
you
omit
the
destination-information, any existing entries
in the system route table will be deleted, and
the appropriate routing will be ended.
Arguments (for keywords CARD-PUNCH
PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH
PLOTTER
PRINTER)
source-information
specifies the unit and node from which the
output will be routed.
The unit number is
specified as either n (for a specific unit) or
ALL-UNITS, to designate that all output for
the appropriate device is to be routed.
Note
that if you specify a unit number, only the
requests made for that specific unit (with the
/UNIT switch)
will be routed.
The node is
specified by the switch /NODE:name
(described
below) .
If you omit the node specification,
the node to which you are connected
is
assumed.
destination-information
specifies the unit and node to which the
output will be routed.
The unit is specified
by n, the unit number, or ALL-UNITS.
The node
is specified by the switch /NODE:name, which
is described below.
If you omit the /NODE
switch, the node to which you are connected is
assumed.
Switch

/NODE:name

specifies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
command should be effective. For example, to
specify
the
node
named
KLI026,
use
/NODE:KLI026.
If you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.

2-67

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
ROUTE
Restrictions
You cannot route output from ALL-UNITS to a specific unit number.
If you type this command, the following error occurs:
OPR>ROUTE PRINTER ALL-UNITS/NODE:KLI026 0/NODE:DN200<RET>
OPR>
15:15:36
-- Cannot Route a Generic Unit -OPR>
This error is produced to prevent output from being processed on
a unit that does not have certain necessary characteristics. For
example,
if printer 0 at DN200 does not
have
lowercase
capability,
and if the requests being routed require a printer
with lowercase capability, then the requests cannot be processed
on printer 0 at DN200.
Examples
1.

To route the output that is destined for printer unit 0 to
printer unit 1, on the same node, use the following command:
OPR>ROUTE PRINTER 0 l<RET>
OPR>
15:33:12 -- Printer 0 [KL1026] Routed to Printer 1 [KLI026] -OPR>

To end the routing for printer 0 and to delete the entry from
the routing table, use the following command:
OPR>ROUTE PRINTER O<RET>
OPR>
15:40:10
Routing for Printer 0 [KLI026] Deleted -OPR>

To route all the output that is going to node DN200
KLI026, use the following command:
OPR>ROUTE ALL-DEVICES DN200 KLI026<RET>
OPR>
15:43:08
-- Node DN200 Routed to KLI026 -OPR>

2-68

node

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

SEND
SEND

FWlction

The SEND command sends single- or multiple-line messages to a
specific destination as defined by the keyword. The SEND command
allows you to specify a one-line message terminated with a
carriage return or a multiple-line message terminated with a
<CTRL/Z>.
If you specify SEND ALL, you can send only a single-line message.
Fo:rmat

OPR>SEND keyword nn message<RET>
Keywords

ALL

sends a message to all terminals on the
system.
If you specify the ALL keyword with
the /NODE switch, all terminals for that node
receive
the
text.
You
can send only
single-line messages when you specify ALL.

BATCH-STREAM

sends a message to a particular batch job or
over an IBM emulation node to a remote IBM
host. You must specify stream number with
this keyword.

JOB

sends a message to a particular job that is
currently
processing under timesharing or
within the batch system. You must supply a
job number with this keyword.

OPERATOR

sends a message to another operator at another
node with the /NODE switch.
If you do not
specify the /NODE switch, the message is sent
to all operators at all nodes.

TERMINAL

sends a message to a particular logged-in
terminal. You must supply the terminal number
with this keyword.

Switch

/NODE:identifier

specifies- the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
command should be effective. For example, to
specify
the
node
named
KLI026,
use
/NODE:KLI026.
If you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.

2-69

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SEND
Examples
1.

Use the SEND command to notify
ends in 30 minutes.

all

users

that

timesharing

OPR>SEND ALL TIMESHARING ENDS IN 30 MINUTES<RET>
aPR>
;;SYSTEM: - TIMESHARING ENDS IN 30 MINUTES
<RET>
aPR>
2.

Use the SEND command to notify all operators
stand-alone schedule has been posted.

that

new

OPR>SEND OPERATOR NEW STAND-ALONE SCHEDULE IS POSTED<RET>
aPR>
12:05:35 From Operator Terminal 1:
=>NEW STAND-ALONE SCHEDULE IS POSTED
aPR>
3.

Use the SEND command to notify job 32 to stop queueing print
requests because of a problem with the line printer at the
central site.
OPR>SEND JOB 32 DO NOT QUEUE ANY PRINT JOBS UNTIL NOTIFIED<RET>
aPR>
10:39:05

-- SEND Command Completed --

aPR>

2-70

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET
SET

Function
The SET command sets parameters for system devices and features.
The SET command is useful in the SYSTEM.CMD file for system
start-up, and it can be used during normal system operation as
well.
Because the SET command is complex, the arguments and switches
for each keyword are described in the following sections.
Format
OPR>SET keyword arguments /switches<RET>
Keywords
BATCH-STREAM
CARD-PUNCH
FAL-STREAM
JOB
NODE
NQC-STREAM
PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH
PLOTTER
PRINTER
SYSTEM
TAPE-DRIVE
TERMINAL
USAGE

2-71

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET BATCH-STREAM
SET BATCH-STREAM

Function
The SET BATCH-STREAM command sets the characteristics of a
particular stream or a range of streams. These characteristics
remain in effect until you reissue the SET BATCH-STREAM command.
Format
OPR>SET BATCH-STREAM nn /switch argument<RET>
Arguments
nn

specifies a batch-stream number.
The number
is usually from 0 to 5, but can be larger if
your installation
uses
additional
batch
streams.

n:m

specifies a range of batch streams.
You must
include a stream number or range of stream
numbers with the SET BATCH-STREAM command.

ATTRIBUTE

specifies whether the batch stream operates
with the BATCON or the SITGO program.

BATCON

specifies that the batch stream is to use the
BATCON
controller.
(This is the system
default batch controller.)

SITGO

specifies the SITGO batch processor, which
consists
of a fast FORTRAN compiler for
compiling FORTRAN programs in a batch stream.

MEMORY-LIMITS nn
n:m
specifies the maximum number of memory pages
allowed for a batch stream or a range of batch
streams.
If you specify a range with this
keyword, the range is from a minimum number of
memory pages to a maximum number of memory
pages.
NOOPR-INTERVENTION
specifies that a user cannot make any requests
in the batch job that require you to perform
an action of some kind or require you to send
a
message.
If
a
batch
job
has
NOOPR-INTERVENTION set, any messages it sends
are ignored, and you are not asked to perform
any action.
For example,
If the batch
job
requests
mountable devices,
and if the job must wait
until the device is mounted, an error message
results.

2-72

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET BATCH-STREAM

OPR-INTERVENTION

specifies that the user can pass messages to
you and that you are available to perform
actions that a user or batch job requests.

PRIORITY-LIMITS nn
n:m
specifies the priority limits of a batch
stream or a range of batch streams at the
central site or at a node. The numeric value
associated with this argument means that only
batch jobs submitted by users . with
the
/PRIORITY:
switch specifying the number (or
range)
you set for the batch stream can
execute in that stream. The numeric value for
the PRIORITY-LIMITS argument can be from 1 to
63.
The higher the number, the higher the
priority.
SYSTEM-OPR-INTERVENTION
specifies that batch streams
assume
the
OPR-INTERVENTION
state
when
SET
SYSTEM
SCHEDULE 400 (no operator coverage)
has been
specified and assume the NOOPR-INTERVENTION
state when SET SYSTEM SCHEDULE is not 400.
TIME-LIMITS nn
n:m
specifies the maximum execution time limit for
a given batch stream or a range of batch
streams. When a batch job enters a batch
stream,
it receives a default execution time,
such as five minutes.
If the job exceeds this
time limit, and if the·user who submitted the
batch job set up his control file to handle
time limits, the batch system gives the job an
additional 10% of the allocated time.
If the
job exceeds this additional 10%, the job is
canceled. The TIME-LIMITS argument allows you
to specify that batch jobs that are set to run
a certain length of time will run in the
specified batch-stream number (or range).
The
numeric value for the TIME-LIMITS argument can
be from 0 to 99999, representing minutes.
Switch

/NODE:identifier

specifies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
command should be effective. ·For example, to
specify
the
node
named
KL1026,
use
/NODE:KL1026.
I you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.

2-73

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET BATCH-STREAM

Examples
1.

Use the SET BATCH-STREAM command to set stream
have a priority limit of 63.

number

through

OPR>SET BATCH-STREAM 3 PRIORITY-LIMITS 63<RET>
OPR>
13:20:54

Batch-stream 3

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>
2.

Use the SET BATCH-STREAM command to set streams 0
for no operator intervention.
OPR>SET BATCH-STREAM 0:2 NOOPR-INTERVENTION<RET>
OPR>
16:11:17

Batch-stream 0

-- Set Accepted

OPR>
16:11:21

Batch-stream 1

-- Set Accepted

OPR>
16:11:24

Batch-stream 2

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>

2-74

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET CARD-PUNCH
SET CARD-PUNCH

Function

The SET CARD-PUNCH command enables you to specify the kind of
jobs to schedule on this device.
You can set the form type,
output limits (maximum number of cards), priority limits, and the
action to be taken when a job exceeds the output limit that the
user specifies. This command allows you to change the parameters
that are set at GALGEN time. You must supply a unit number or a
range of unit numbers with this command.
The card-punch device handles standard 12-row, aD-column cards.
The defaults for the card punch are set by your system manager at
software-installation
time
through
the generation of the
SYS:SPFORM.INI file.
For.mat

OPR>SET CARD-PUNCH nn /switch argument<RET>
Arguments

specifies a card-punch unit number.
The
number is usually from 0 to 5, but can be
larger if
your
installation
uses
more
card-punch devices.

n:m

specifies a range of card-punch unit numbers.

FORMS-TYPE name

specifies the type of card-punch forms.
By
setting the FORMS-TYPE, you are specifying the
type of forms in the card punch.

LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION word
specifies what action, if any, should be taken
if a card-punch job that is currently punching
exceeds the set limit of output.
(The limit
is set by the user with /LIMIT.) There are
three possible actions associated with the
LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION argument.
They are:
ASK

specifies that you be asked what to do if the
card-punch job exceeds the card limit on
output. You then have the option to continue
or abort the card-punch job.
This is the
default.

ABORT

specifies
that
the
card-punch
job
is
automatically canceled when the limit has been
exceeded.

PROCEED

specifies that the card-punch job continues
automatically and the limit is ignored.

2-75

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET CARD-PUNCH

OUTPUT-LIMITS cards
specifies the maximum card limit for punched
output.
This argument can also specify a
range of card limits. The card limit refers
to
the number of output cards that are
punched. This command restricts the size of
jobs that can start on the card punch you
specify.
PRIORITY-LIMITS nn
specifies
the
priority
limits
(numeric
importance) of a card punch or a range of card
punch~s at the central site or at a node.
The
numer1C value associated with this argument
means that only card-punch jobs submitted by
users with the /PRIORITY switch specifying a
number in the range you set for the card punch
can execute on that card punch. The numeric
value for the PRIORITY-LIMITS argument can be
from 1 to 63.
The higher the number, the
higher the priority.
Switch

/NODE:identifier

Examp1es

Use the SET CARD-PUNCH command to set the forms type to
for all card-punch devices at your installation.
OPR>SET CARD-PUNCH 0:2 FORMS-TYPE 5081<RET>
OPR>
10:13:17

Card-Punch 0

-- Set Accepted

OPR>
10:13:20

Card-Punch 1

-- Set Accepted

OPR>
10:13:23

Card-Punch 2

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>

2-76

5081

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET CARD-PUNCH
2.

Use the SET CARD-PUNCH command to set all card-punch jobs for
a maximum output limit of 200 cards per job. Any jobs with
limits higher than 200 cards will not be started.
OPR>SET CARD-PUNCH 0:2 OUTPUT-LIMIT 200<RET>
OPR>
10:30:16

Card-Punch 0

Set Accepted

OPR>
10:30:19

Card-Punch 1

-- Set Accepted

OPR>
10:30:22

Card-Punch 2

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>

2-77

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET FAL-STREAM
SET FAL-STREAM

Function
The SET FAL-STREAM command specifies the network type associated
with a specified FAL stream. ANF-10 is initially assumed.
Format
OPR>SET FAL-STREAM nn NETWORK argument<RET>
nn is a stream number or range of stream numbers
Arguments
ANF-10

specifies that the given FAL stream wi~l
perform
input/output
with ANF-10 network
nodes.

DECnet

specifies that the given FAL stream will
perform
input/output
with DECnet network
nodes.

Examples
1.

Use the SET FAL-STREAM command to set DECnet as the
network connection accepted by FAL stream 2.

type

OPR>SET FAL-STREAM 2 NETWORK DECNET<RET>
OPR>-16:10:48
Fal-Stream 2 -- Set Acccepted
OPR>
2.

Use the SET FAL-STREAM command to set ANF-10 as the
network connection accepted by FAL stream O.
OPR>SET FAL-STREAM 0 NETWORK ANF-10<RET>
OPR>-16:11:22
Fal-Stream 2 -- Set Accepted
OPR>

2-78

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET JOB
SET JOB

Function
The SET JOB command allows you to set the characteristics for a
particular batch job number.
You can set the job for operator
intervention allowed or for no operator intervention allowed.
You must include the job number with this command.

Format
OPR>SET JOB nn argument<RET>

Arguments
nn

specifies a
job number currently in
the
system.
The numeric value can be from 0 to
99999.

NOOPR-INTERVENTION prohibits the user associated with the job
from making requests that require operator
response.
If the job has a NOOPR-INTERVENTION
setting, the messages are ignored; you are not
to be asked to perform any action.
OPR-INTERVENTION

allows the user associated with the specified
job number to pass messages to you to which
you must respond.
This is the default.

Examples
1.

Use the SET JOB command to allow
job number 100.

operator

intervention

for

OPR>SET JOB 100 OPR-INTERVENTION<RET>

----

aPR>
15: 55 :15

Job 100

-- Modified --

OPR>
2.

Use the SET JOB command to not
for job number 50.

allow

OPR>SET JOB 50 NOOPR-INTERVENTION<RET>
OPR>
16:43:34

Job 50

-- Modified --

OPR>

2-79

operator

intervention

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET KSYS
SET KSYS

Function

The SET KSYS command sets a time for timesharing to end.
You may
need to stop timesharing so that maintenance or stand-alone tasks
can be performed.
The SHOW QUEUES EVENTS command displays the KSYS time, as well as
·the reason that timesharing is scheduled to end.
See the SHOW
QUEUES command for information on listing the event queue.
Format

OPR>SET KSYS keyword /switch<RET>
Keywords

timesharing

will

end

NOW

specifies
that
immediately.

+hh:mm:ss

specifies
when
timesharing
will
end,
designated as the number of hours, minutes,
and seconds from the current time.
The time
must be at least five minutes from the current
time.

hh:mm:ss

specifies that timesharing will
time you enter for hh:mm:ss

end

the

dd-mmm-yy:hh:mm:ss
specifies that timesharing will end on the
day, month, year, and time that you enter.
DAILY hh:mm:ss

specifies that timesharing will end every
at the time you enter.

day

EVERY "day" hh:mm:ss
specifies that timesharing will end every week
on the day and time that you enter.
"Day"
specifies a particular day of the week.
NOTE
You can specify seconds in the SET
KSYS time, but aPR ignores this value
and executes the KSYS event to the
nearest
minute
of
the time you
specify.

2-80

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET KSYS
Switches
/CM

specifies corrective maintenance as the reason
that timesharing will end.

/FAILSOFT

writes the KSYS event queue entry time to
disk,
thus preserving the KSYS time across
system reloads.

/FILE:filespec

specifies the name of a file
process when timesharing ends.

/NEW

specifies a new monitor
timesharing will end.

/PM

specifies preventative maintenance
reason that timesharing will end.

the

/SA

specifies stand-alone time as the reason
timesharing will end.

that

/SCHED

specifies scheduled system shutdown
reason that timesharing will end.

the

/REASON:comment

enables you to specify
timesharing will end.

reasons

that

the

other

for

ORION

reason

to
that

NOTE
The above switches are displayed in
the EVENT QUEUE and are included in
the first and last
KSYS
warning
message sent to users.
Restriction

To set a KSYS time that is less than one hour from the current
time,
you must specify the time in hours and minutes.
For
example, to SET KSYS for five minutes from the current time,
you
must use the form:
SET KSYS +0:05
SET KSYS +5 sets the KSYS time for 5 hours from the current time.
Example
Set the KSYS time to midnight for 21-Nov-84.
OPR>SET KSYS 21-NOV-88:00:00:00<RET>
OPR>-16:24:21
Event job KSYS queued, request
OPR>
Display the event queue to check the pending KSYS time.
OPR>SHOW QUEUES EVENTS<RET>
OPR>
16:25:37

-- System Queues Listing --

2-81

53--

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET KSYS
Event Queue:
Type
Req#

Expiration

Description

BILCLS
24 19-Nov-88 16:59:59 Prime time rates end
USGFIL
44 19-Nov-88 23:59:30 Usage file closure
OPRFIL
38 20-Nov-88 0:00:00 ORION log file closure
BILCLS
15 20-Nov-88 7:59:59 Discount rates end
53 21-Nov-88 0:00:00
* KSYS
There are 4 events in the queue (1 in progress)

2-82

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET NODE
SET NODE

Function

The SET NODE command applies only if your
Communications software.

installation

has

IBM

The SET NODE command allows you to specify the modem-related and
data-trans fer-related parameters for IBM Communications nodes
that perform IBM communications. Before you set the parameters
for a node,
you must define the node name, type, and mode with
the DEFINE command.
Format

OPR>SET NODE keyword arguments<RET>
where keyword
specifies the node name of the remote station for
communications.
The
name
can
be from one to
alphanumeric characters long.

IBM
six

Arguments

BYTES-PER-MESSAGE b
specifies the number of bytes per message, b, that the
front end uses to communicate with the remote site.
CLEAR-SEND-DELAY d
specifies a clear-to-send delay,
where d
is
an
arbitrary number of clock ticks used by the front end.
This value is not an element of a discrete set.
It can
be any positive integer value.
RECORDS-PER-MESSAGE r
specifies the number of records per message,
where r
can equal any positive integer.
The defaults of rare:

o for unlimited number of records

(the default for HASP

and 3780)
2 for a 2780 unit with no multirecord feature
7 for a unit like an IBM 2780 with
feature (the default for 2780)

2-83

the

multirecord

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET NODE

TIMEOUT-CATEGORY pis
specifies the timeout category where you specify either
P
or S.
P represents PRIMARY and S represents
SECONDARY.
Timeout category is used by the
BSC
protocol to determine how connecting systems bid for
use of the line.
Two systems bidding for the use of a
line may not be in the same timeout category, since
this condition can result in simultaneous bids for a
line,
which causes a deadlock.
To prevent this, one
system is placed in the PRIMARY (P)
category and the
other in the SECONDARY (S) category. For emulation,
the timeout category is normally SECONDARY.
For
termination, the timeout category is normally PRIMARY.
TRANSPARENCY ON/OFF
specifies a transmission mode where the recognition of
most control characters is suppressed (TRANSPARENCY
ON).
The argument can be specified only when using
HASP.
The default TRANSPARENCY is OFF.
Example

Specify the SET NODE command to set the clear-to-send delay of
for node IBMl.
OPR>SET NODE IBM! CLEAR-SEND-DELAY 3<RET>
OPR>
17:23:45

-- Set for Node IBMl Accepted

OPR>

2-84

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET NQC-STREAM
SET NQC-STREAM

FWlction
The SET NQC-STREAM command specifies a node or
attribute
associated with a specified NQC stream or range of NQC streams.
Format
OPR>SET NQC-STREAM nn keyword argument /switch<RET>
nn is a stream number or range of stream numbers
Keyword
ATTRIBUTE

specifies
stream.

characteristics

given

NQC

Argument

OUTPUT-STREAM

specifies that the given NQC stream will
transmit output jobs to remote nodes.
This is
the default.

Switch
/NODE:identifier

Example
Use the SET NQC-STREAM command
attribute to NQC stream O.

specify

the

OPR>SET NQC-STREAM 0 ATTRIBOTE OUTPUT-STREAM<RET>
OPR>
16:10:48

NQC-Stream 0 -- Set Acccepted --

OPR>

2-85

OUTPUT-STREAM

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH
SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

Function
The SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH command specifies the kind of jobs to be
scheduled on this device.
You can set the forms type, output
limits (in number of feet of paper tape),
priority limits,
and
the action to be taken when a job exceeds its output limit.
This
command allows you to change the parameters that are set at
GALGEN time.
You must specify a specific unit number or a range
of unit numbers.
The defaults for the paper-tape punch are set by your system
manager at software-installation time through the generation of
the SYS:SPFORM.INI file.
These defaults are usually referred to
as NORMAL in most ins"tallations.

Format
OPR>SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH nn /switch argument<RET>

Arguments
nn

specifies a paper-tape-punch unit number.
The
number is usually from 0 to 5, but can be
larger
if
your
installation
has
more
paper-tape-punch devices.

n:m

specifies a range of paper-tape punches.

FORMS-TYPE name

specifies the name of the type of paper-tape
forms.
Typically, the normal paper-tape form
is 1-inch wide fan-fold, and is referred to as
lWFF or NORMAL.
Your installation can have
different form names for different types of
paper tape.

LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION word
specifies what action, if any, should be taken
if a paper-tape job that is currently punching
exceeds its limit of output.
(The limit is
set by the user with the /LIMIT switch.) There
are three possible actions associated with the
LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION argument.
They are:
ASK

specifies that you be asked what to do if the
paper-tape job exceeds the fold limit on
output.
You then have the option to continue
or abort the paper-tape job.

ABORT

specifies
that
the
paper-tape
job
be
automatically canceled when the limit has been
exceeded.

PROCEED

specifies that the paper-tape job continue
automatically and the output limit be ignored.

2-86

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

OUTPUT-LIMITS feet
specifies the maximum number of feet
of
punched paper-tape output for jobs on the
specified paper tape punch device.
This
command restricts the size of jobs that are
sent to the specified paper-tape punch.
PRIORITY-LIMITS nn
specifies
the
priority
limits
(numeric
importance)
of a paper-tape punch or a range
of paper-tape punches at the central site or
at a node. The numeric value associated with
this argument means that only paper-tape jobs
submitted by users with the /PRIORITY switch
specifying a number within the range you set
for the paper-tape punch can be output on that
paper-tape punch.
The numeric value for the
PRIORITY-LIMITS argument can be from 1 to 63.
The higher the number,
the
higher
the
priority.
Switch

/NODE:identifier

Examples

Use the SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH command to set the default
type
to
1WFF
for a paper-tape-punch device at
installation.

form
your

OPR>SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH 0 FORMS-TYPE 1WFF<RET>
OPR>
12:45:09

Papertape 0

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>
2.

Use
the
SET
PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH
command
to
set
all
paper-tape-punch jobs for a maximum output limit of 25 folds
per job. Jobs that require more than 25 folds will not be
started.
OPR>SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH 0:1 OUTPUT-LIMIT 25<RET>
OPR>
13:45:07

Papertape 0

OPR>

2-87

-- Set Accepted --

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

SET PLOTTER
SET PLOTTER

Function

The SET PLOTTER command specifies the kind of jobs to be
scheduled on this device.
You can set the forms type, output
limits (step limits), priority limits, and the action to be taken
when a
job exceeds its output limit This command allows you to
change the parameters that are set at GALGEN time.
You must
specify a unit number or a range of unit numbers.
The
plotter
device
draws
(or
plots)
ink
plots
of
computer-generated data.
Its movement in producing the output is
measured in "steps." The steps refer to the speed per second of
the plotter and the distance (or size) that the. pencils move on
the output paper.
The paper for the plotter is either drum-fed
or bed-fed.
The defaults for plotter output are set by your system manager at
software-installation
time
through
the generation of the
SYS:SPFORM.INI file.
At some installations, the default setting
for the plotter form type is referred to as NORMAL.
Format

OPR>SET PLOTTER nn /switch argument<RET>
Arguments

specifies a plotter unit number.
The number
is usually from' 0 to 5, but can be larger if
your installation has more plotter devices.

n:m

specifies a range of plotter unit numbers.

FORMS-TYPE name

specifies the name of the type of plotter
forms.
Typically,
the normal plotter paper
form is roll-fed or bed-fed,
but it can be
referred to as type ROLL, DRUM, or BED.
Your
installation can have different form names for
different plotter types.

LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION word
specifies what action, if any, should be taken
if a plotter job that is currently plotting on
the unit number you specify exceeds the output
limit.
(The limit is set by the user with the
/LIMIT switch.) There are three possible words
associated
with
the LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION
argument.
They are:
ASK

specifies that you be asked what to do if
plotter job exceeds the output limit.
then have the option to continue or abort
plotter job.

2-88

the
You
the

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET PLOTTER

ABORT

specifies
that
the
plotter
job
be
automatically canceled when the limit has been
exceeded.

PROCEED

specifies that the plotter
job
continue
automatically and the specified output limit
be ignored.

OUTPUT-LIMIT minutes
specifies
minutes.
PRIORITY-LIMI~S

the

maximum

number

plotter

nn specifies
the
priority
limits
(numeric
importance)
of a plotter or a range of
plotters at the central site or at a node.
The
numeric
value
associated with this
argument means
that
only
plotter
jobs
submitted by users with the /PRIORITY switch
specifying the number within the range you set
for the plotter can be output on that plotter.
The numeric value for the PRIORITY-LIMITS
argument can be from 1 to 63.
The higher the
number, the higher the priority.

Switch
/NODE~identifier

specifies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
command should be effective. For example, to
specify
the
node
named
KLI026,
use
/NODE:KLI026.
If you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.

Examples

Use the SET PLOTTER command to change the forms type
plotter.

the

OPR>SET PLOTTER 1 FORMS-TYPE ROLL<RET>
OPR>
09:34:12

Plotter 1

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>
2.

Use the SET PLOTTER command to change the output limit.
Plotter jobs requiring more than 8 minutes will not be
started on Plotter O.
OPR>SET PLOTTER 0 OUTPUT-LIMIT 8<RET>
OPR>
10:11:12

Plotter 0

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>

2-89

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET PRINTER
SET PRINTER

Function
The SET PRINTER command specifies the kind of jobs to be
scheduled on this device.
You can set the forms type, page
limits, priority limits, and the action to be taken when a
job
exceeds its limit.
This command allows you to change the
parameters that are set at GALGEN time.
You must specify a
specific unit number or a range of unit numbers.
In addition,
you can specify ranges for the page and priority limits.
The defaults for the line printers at your installation are set
by your system manager at software-installation time through the
generation of the SYS:n-CONFIG.CMD file (where n is the TOPS-IO
software generation number)
and the <SYSTEM>LPFORM.INI file.
These defaults are usually referred to as NORMAL in most
installations.
Format
OPR>SET PRINTER nn /switch argument<RET>
Arguments
nn

specifies a printer unit number.
The number
is usually from 0 to 5, but can be larger if
your installation has more printer devices.

n:m

specifies a range of printer unit numbers.

FORMS-TYPE name

specifies the name of the type of printer
forms.
Typically,
the normal paper form for
the printer is referred to as I-ply-wide or
I-ply-narrow.
These can be abbreviated as IW
or IN, or can be given some other name by your
system manager.
Your installation can have
different names for
different
types
of
line-printer forms.

LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION word
specifies what action, if any, should be taken
if a printer job that is currently printing on
the unit number you specify exceeds the limit
of output.
The limit is set by the user with
/LIMIT.
There are three possible actions
associated
with
the LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION
argument.
They are:
ASK

specifies that the operator be asked what to
do if the printer job exceeds the page limit
on output.
You then have the option to
continue or abort the printer job.

ABORT

specifies that the print job be automatically
canceled when the limit has been exceeded.

2-90

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET PRINTER

PROCEED

specifies that
the
print
job
continue
automatically and the specified output page
limit be ignored.

LP20-SIMULATION

sets printer characteristics to simulate a
LP20 print controller, including loading the
same VFU and RAM files as LP20 printers,
assuming
the device driver supports LP20
characteristics.
The command does not affect
a printer that is started, but the command is
remembered, and if the printer is SHUTDOWN and
restarted,
the new value takes effect. This
is the default for ANF printers.

MAGTAPE

enables the print spooler to write
defaults for magtape.

non-system

NO LP20-SIMULATION disables LP20 Print Controller simulation.
PAGE-LIMITS pages

specifies the maximum page limit for printed
output.
This argument can also specify a
range of page limits.
The page limit refers
to
the number of output pages that are
printed.
This command restricts the size of
jobs that are sent to the printer you specify.

PRIORITY-LIMITS nn specifies
the
priority
limits
(numeric
importance)
of a line printer or a range of
line printers at the central site or at a
node.
The numeric value associated with this
argument means
that
only
printer
jobs
submitted by users with the /PRIORITY switch
specifying the number within the range you set
for the line printer can be output on that
printer.
The
numeric
value
for
the
PRIORITY-LIMITS argument can be from 1 to 63.
The higher the number,
the
higher
the
priority.
UNIT-TYPE

specifies a one to six character name
type of printer.

the

Switch

/NODE:identifier

2-91

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET PRINTER
Switches for MAGTAPE only

/DENSITY:nn

specifies the BPI (bits-per-inch)
density of
the tapes to be initialized.
The number (nn)
can be 200, 556, 800, 1600, 6250, or DEFAULT.
If you do not specify the /DENSITY switch, the
density defaults to 1600 BPI.
If you specify
200, 556, or 800, you must. include /TRACKS:n.

/DIRECTORY-FILE:

(YES, NO, or DEFAULT)
specifies whether to write record files
tape.
The default for this switch is YES.

/LABEL-TYPE:type

/MULTI-REEL:

specifies the type of label to be written on
the tape. ~he type can be ANSI, EBCDIC, IBM,
DE:lfAULT, or UNLABELED.

(YES, NO, or DEFAULT)
enables output to be written to more than one
reel of tape.
The default for this switch is
YES.

/PARITY:

(ODD, EVEN, or DEFAULT)
specifies an EVEN or ODD parity for the
The default for this switch is ODD.

/TRACKS:

tape.

(7, 9, or DEFAULT)
sets the number of tracks for a magtape volume
set to 7, 9, or DEFAULT.
If the tape density
you specify is 1600 or 6250 BPI, then 9 is the
default number of tracks.
You must specify
the number of tracks' when you specify any of
these tape densities:
200, 556, or 800 BPI.

/VOLUME-SET:string
specifies the name of the cataloged volume-set
(" string") .
Examples
1.

Use the SET PRINTER command to set the default printer's
forms type to 1-ply-wide for all line printers at your
installation. NORMAL has been previously defined in the
LPFORM.INI file as 1-ply-wide paper. Printer requests for
other types of forms will not be started.
OPR>SET PRINTER 0:2 FORMS-TYPE NORMAL<RET>
OPR>
13:10:10

Printer

OPR>
13:10:11

Printer 1

-- Set Accepted

OPR>
13:10:12

Printer 2

-- Set Accepted --

° -- Set Accepted

OPR>
2-92

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET PRINTER

Use the SET PRINTER command to set the LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION
to PROCEED.
This means that all queued printer jobs that
exceed their output page limit continue to print and are not
aborted.
In addition, there is no required operator action
to take except loading paper in the line printer.
OPR>SET PRINTER 0:1 LIMIT-EXCEEDED-ACTION PROCEED<RET>
OPR>
15:43:17

Printer 0

-- Set Accepted

OPR>
15:43:18

Printer 1

-- Set Accepted --

OPR>

2-93

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET SYSTEM
SET SYSTEM

Ftunction
The SET SYSTEM command sets the following system parameters:
0

maximum number of batch jobs that can run at one time

minimum number of jobs reserved for batch processing

maximum amount of core per job

minimum amount of core per job

system date

system time

system schedule bits

Format
OPR>SET SYSTEM keyword argument<RET>
Keywords
BATMAX n

sets the maximum number of batch jobs that can
run at one time, where n is a number between 0
and 14, inclusive.

BATMIN n

sets the minimum number of jobs that are
reserved for batch processing, where n is a
number between 0 and 14, inclusive.

CORMAX n

sets the maximum core size for a job, where n
is a number from the minimum value set by
MONGEN (usually 10K)
up to the total user
core.
You can specify CORMIN in K (kilowords)
or P (pages).
K is the default.

CORMIN n

sets the minimum guaranteed contiguous core
for a
job,
where n is a number from the
minimum value set by MONGEN (usually 10K)
up
to the total user core.
You can specify
CORMIN in K (kilowords) or P
(pages).
K is
the default.

DATE dd-mmm-yy

sets the system date.
SET SYSTEM DATE does
not check the validity of the date argument,
as is done at system initialization.

DAYTIME hh:mm:ss

sets the system time of day.
This is a
potentially dangerous command; do not use it
except by express request of the
system
manager.

DISK-CACHE-SIZE n

sets the size of the monitor I/O cache.
If
you do not specify a value for n, the default
is the configured size.
(GALGEN)
2-94

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET SYSTEM
LOGMAX n

sets the maximum number of logged-in jobs that
can run on the system simultaneously, where n
is a number from 1 through 512, inclusive.

SCHEDULE nnnn

sets the system schedule bits to one or more
of
the
specifications designated by the
following octal numbers:

specifies regular timesharing
operations.

specifies that no
except on the CTY.

specifies that no users can log in from
remote terminals,
and data set requests
will be rejected.

specifies batch operation only.

specifies stand-alone operation only.

100

enables unprivileged
restricted devices.

200

allows spooling of output devices.

400

specifies no operator coverage.

users

and

can

batch

log

in,

assign

1000 prevents automatic execution of NETLDR.
You may specify several uses by adding the
appropriate values.
For example, the number
15 specifies stand-alone operations,
batch
only operations, and no logins except from the
CTY (a combination of 1, 4, and 10) .
Examples
1.

Use the SET SYSTEM command to set the maximum number of
that can log in to the system at one time to 100.

jobs

OPR>SET SYSTEM LOGMAX 100
OPR>
17:05:46

Set accepted, LOGMAX is now 100 --

OPR>
2.

Use the SET SYSTEM command to set the minimum number of
reserved for batch processing to 5.
OPR>SET SYSTEM BATMIN 5<RET>
OPR>
17:10:32

-- Set accepted, BATMIN is now 5 --

OPR>

2-95

jobs

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET TAPE-DRIVE
SET TAPE-DRIVE

Function
The SET TAPE-DRIVE command sets the availability characteristics
of a particular tape-drive device.
The SET TAPE-DRIVE command
allows you to do the following:
o

Allow users to request that tapes be mounted

Disallow users' requests to mount tapes

Initialize tapes

You must specify the logical tape-drive name,
and
keywords: AVAILABLE, INITIALIZE, or UNAVAILABLE.

one

the

Format
OPR>SET TAPE-DRIVE keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keyword
MTxn:

specifies the tape drive name, where x is the
tape-controller identification and n is the
tape-drive number.
You must include the colon
at the end of the name.
An example of a
logical tape-drive name is MTAO:
for Magnetic
Tape Drive O.

Arguments
AVAILABLE

makes the specified tape drive available for
user
tape mount requests.
This argument
cancels the
effect
of
the
UNAVAILABLE
argument.
The tape drive remains AVAILABLE
until you set it UNAVAILABLE.

INITIALIZE

makes the specified tape drive unavailable for
user mount requests so that you can use it to
initialize
tapes.
A
labeled
tape
is
initialized
when
you
write
a
volume
identification at the beginning of the tape in
the standard ANSI format.
An unlabeled tape
is initialized when you write
a
record
containing 80 null characters at the beginning
of the tape.
When the tapes have
been
INITIALIZEd,
the tape drive automatically
becomes available for user mount requests.
You
specify
the number of tapes to be
initialized with the /COUNT switch.

2-96

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET TAPE-DRIVE
UNAVAILABLE

makes the specified tape drive unavailable to
user
tape-mount
requests.
This argument
cancels the effect of the AVAILABLE argument.
If a user is currently using a tape on this
tape drive, the tape drive becomes unavailable
after the user completes his work.
If the
system crashes or is shut down,
the command
SET TAPE-DRIVE MTAn: UNAVAILABLE remains in
effect after the system is in operation again.
NOTE

Drives that are set UNAVAILABLE can be
ASSIGNed by user jobs.
This could
pose a security problem, as no label
processing
or
verification
is
performed by
the
system
on
an
UNAVAILABLE drive.
When you specify UNAVAILABLE, you can enter a
single- or multiple-line reason and terminate
it with a carriage return; or
you
can
terminate
it immediately with a carriage
return after the UNAVAILABLE keyword and OPR
responds with ENTER TEXT AND TERMINATE WITH
AZ.
You then enter as many lines of text as
you need.
When you press <CTRL/Z>, the OPR>
prompt returns and your report is logged into
the ERROR.SYS file.

Switches for INITIALIZE only
/ABORT

enables
you
to
stop
initializing process.

and

cancel

the

/COUNT:nn

specifies the number
(nn)
of tapes to be
initialized.
The
/COUNT
switch,
when
specified,
provides
a
mechanism
for
initialization of multiple tapes with the same
attributes. Each tape prompts you with a WTOR
message for the volume identification. After
initialization, the tape is
automatically
unloaded and the tape drive is ready to accept
the next tape to initialize.
When as many
tapes as specified by the /COUNT switch have
been initialized, the tape drive returns to
the AVAILABLE (off-line) state.
If you use this switch, the volid you specify
in the /VOLUME--ID switch must have trailing
numerics which will allow the numeric value
specified by the /INCREMENT switch to be added
after each tape is initialized.

/DENSITY:nn

specifies the BPI (bits-per-inch)
density of
the tapes to be initialized.
The number (nn)
can be 200, 556, 800, 1600, or 6250.
If you
do
not specify the /DENSITY switch,
the
density defaults to 1600 BPI.

2-97

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET TAPE-DRIVE

/INCREMENT:nn

specifies the numeric value (nn) by which to
increment the tape volumes.
This switch is
valid only when specified with the /VOLUME-ID
switch.
If you do not include this switch,
the default increment value is 1.
(Refer to
/COUNT. )

/LABEL-TYPE:type

specifies the type of label to be written on
the tape.
The type can be ANSI, EBCDIC, or
UNLABELED.
If you specify any label type
other than unlabeled,
you must include the
/VOLUME-ID switch.

/OVERRIDE-EXPIRATION:

(YES or NO)

specifies whether to check for the expiration
date of the data on the tape.
If you specify
NO and attempt to reinitialize a labeled tape
whose first file is not expired, the system
issues an error
message
and
does
not
reinitialize the tape.
If you specify YES,
each tape is reinitialized unconditionally.
If you are initializing brand new tapes, you
should specify YES to prevent the tape drive
from "running away" when PULSAR tries to read
a label from the tape.
The default for this switch is YES.
/OWNER: [PPN]
specifies the project-programmer number of the
owner of the tapes to be initialized.
This
switch affects only ANSI and EBCDIC labeled
tapes.
If you do not specify the /OWNER
switch, the tape is initialized for owner
[0,0] .
/PROTECTION:nnn

specifies a 3-digit octal number as
the
protection number of the tape.
The number is
usually from 000 (where anyone can use the
tape)
through 777
(where no one can use the
tape).
If you do not specify the /PROTECTION
switch, the default is 000.

/TAPE-DISPOSITION:condition
specifies what is to be done to the tape after
it is initialized.
The condition can be
either HOLD or UNLOAD.
If you specify HOLD,
the tape is initialized and is not unloaded.
A user requesting the tape can use it without
your having to reload it.
If you specify
UNLOAD,
the tape is initialized
and
is
unloaded from the tape drive.
The default is
UNLOAD.
If a value greater than
1
is
specified
by
the
/COUNT
switch,
the
/TAP~-DISPOSITION switch applies to
the last
tape initialized.

2-98

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET TAPE-DRIVE

/VOLUME-ID:"volid" specifies a volume identification for the
tape.
The
volid must be from 1 to 6
characters.
If the volid is to contain any
nonalphanumeric characters, the volid must be
enclosed in double quotes (").
This switch is
not necessary if the tape is being initialized
as an unlabeled tape.
Restriction

If you set a tape drive to be UNAVAILABLE before you set the tape
drive to INITIALIZE, the following error message appears:
Device MTxn

hh:mm:ss

-- Illegal For UNAVAILABLE Device -CAUTION

Setting a tape drive unavailable can produce a
system deadlock if insufficient resources exist
to satisfy outstanding disk and tape resource
requests.
The SET TAPE-DRIVE command to INITIALIZE must be given for a tape
drive that is AVAILABLE. When the initialization is complete,
the tape drive is left in an AVAILABLE (off-line) state.
Examples

A user (JONES.J) has requested a tape mount of an ANSI
labeled tape with a volid of FOOBAR and has requested that
you initialize the tape first.
The volume is initialized
with ANSI labels and a volid of FOOBAR.
(The system defaults
to density [1600 BPI] and protection [000].) When the tape is
mounted on the drive,
the tape is initialized and then
becomes available to the user
(/TAPE-DISPOSITION:HOLD) .
Volume recognition takes over and satisfies the mount request
for FOOBAR.
OPR>
9:04:38

Device MTB3 -- Unlabeled volume mounted -Density 1600 BPI, write-enabled

OPR>SET TAPE-DRIVE MTA3: INITIALIZE /LABEL-TYPE:ANSI -<RET>
/OWNER: [31,5723]/TAPE-DISPOSITION:HOLD/VOLUME-ID:FOOBAR<RET>
OPR>
9:05:12

OPR>
9:05:14
OPR>
9:05:20

Device MTA3 -- Volume initialized
Volume Id:FOOBAR, Label type:ANSI, Density:l600
Owner: [31,5723], Protection:OOO
Device MTA3 -- Volume Initialization complete -Drive is available for use
Device MTA3 -- Volume FOOBAR reassigned
User: JONES.J [31,5723] Job# 39

OPR>

2-99

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET TAPE-DRIVE
2.

Use the SET TAPE-DRIVE conunand to set tape drive MTA1:
to be
unavailable.
Any user job currently using this device is
allowed to finish his work and dismount the tape before the
device becomes unavailable.
OPR>SET TAPE-DRIVE MTA1: UNAVAILABLE<RET>
Enter text and terminate with AZ
TAPE DRIVE IS NEEDED BY FIELD SERVICEAZ
OPR>
10:23:46
Device MTA1 -- Set Unavailable
OPR>

Use the SET TAPE-DRIVE conunand
available for tape mounts.

make

tape

OPR>SET TAPE-DRIVE MTA3: AVAILABLE<RET>
OPR>
12:02:2

Device MTA3

-- Set Available --

OPR>

2-100

drive

MTA3:

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

SET TERMINAL TYPE
SET TERMINAL TYPE

Function

The SET TERMINAL TYPE command sets your terminal to the model
number
(mode)
that it should be. You must specify the keyword
TYPE and the model name or number.
In addition, you can set your terminal to have OPR keypad
functions.
Keypad functions allow you to give an OPR command by
pressing one of the PF keys to the right of the keyboard on VT52
and VT100 terminals.
The functions are listed below with the
KEYPAD keyword.
Fonnat

OPR>SET TERMINAL TYPE argument<RET>
Keywords

KEYPAD

specifies that your terminal has the additional
set of keys to the right of your keyboard.
These
keys are numbered 0 through 9 and are referred to
as PF keys.
When you press anyone of them, an
OPR command is automatically issued to the system.
The keypad function is valid for VT52 and VT100
terminals only; if you use it, you must set your
terminal to VT52 or VT100 before you set the
terminal to KEYPAD.
The functions are as follows:
Key

2
3
4
5

6
7

8
9

Function
No Function
SHOW STATUS
SHOW QUEUES
SHOW PARAMETERS
SHOW MESSAGES
SHOW ROUTE-TABLE
No Function
Clear screen, move OPR> prompt
screen
SHOW OPERATORS
SHOW QUEUE MOUNT-REQUESTS

top

NOKEYPAD

specifies that your terminal does not have the
additional keyboard feature to issue OPR commands
automatically to the system.

TYPE

specifies the model/type name
that
automatically
sets
parameters.

2-101

of your
various

terminal
terminal

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET TERMINAL TYPE
Arguments
33
35
LA120
LA36

VKIOO
VT05
VT100

VT240
VT330
VT340
VT50
VT52
VT61

VT101
VT102
VT103
VT125
VT180
VT185
VT220

Examples
1.

Use the SET TERMINAL command to set your terminal to model
LA36.
OPR>SET TERMINAL TYPE LA36<RET>
OPR>

Set your terminal to VT100 mode, then to KEYPAD operation.
OPR>SET

TERMI~AL

TYPE VT100<RET>

OPR>SET TERMINAL KEYPAD<RET>
OPR>

2-102

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET USAGE
SET USAGE

Function

The SET USAGE command allows you to control the usage accounting
system during system operation.
Consult your system manager
before you use the SET USAGE command. Your installation may have
specific
usage
accounting
requirements for billing users
accessing the system.
Normally, the SYS:SYSTEM.CMD file contains the SET USAGE command.
Your system manager may have set up an accounting billing rate
for prime time users (for example, from 08:00 to 18:00)
and for
off-prime time users (for example, from 19:00 to 07:00).
There
may also be another accounting billing rate for weekend users.
The usage accounting file, ACT:USAGE.OUT, can be used to collect
accounting information such as CPU time, spooled output requests,
and disk space used. Depending on the method you use, accounting
data is collected and/or written to the ACT:USAGE.OUT file when
you give the SET USAGE command.
Format

OPR>SET USAGE keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords

BILLING-CLOSURE

specifies that all session entries be closed
at a given time (by the argument hh:mm).
This
keyword can be used when
you
want
to
accumulate accounting data for users on the
system between prime time and non-prime time.
For example,
a user is on the system between
16:00 and 19:00,
and 'you set the billing
closure at 18:00 to collect prime time usage
between 16:00 and 18:00.

FILE-CLOSURE

specifies that the current usage file be
closed and renamed, and that a new usage file
(USAGE. OUT) be opened.
The old usage file is
renamed in the format of yymmdd.hhx, where:
yy

is the year.

is the month.

is the day.

is the hour.

is a sequence
through 9.

number

the

range

The renamed file, like the USAGE.OUT file,
stored in the ACT: [1,7] directory.

2-103

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET USAGE
When
you
specify
FILE-CLOSURE,
a
BILLING-CLOSURE
operation
is
performed
automatically.
If you
do
not
want
a
BILLING-CLOSURE
performed,
specify
the
/NO-SESSION-ENTRIES switch to prevent it.
Arguments
hh:mm

specifies the time
(24-hour clock time)
in
hours
(hh)
and minutes
(mm) separated by a
colon.

DAILY hh:mm

specifies file closure on a daily basis at a
particular time in hours
(hh)
and minutes
(mm) .

EVERY day hh:mm

specifies file closure on a particular day at
a particular time in hours (hh) and minutes
(mm) .
The day parameter for
the
EVERY
argument
can be SUNDAY, MONDAY,
TUESDAY,
WEDNESDAY, THURSDAY, FRIDAY, or SATURDAY.

NOW

specifies file closure to occur immediately.

mm-dd-yy hh:mm

specifies a date and time when the file
closure will occur. The date is in the format
of "mm-dd-yy," where mm is the month,
dd is
the day,
and yy is the year separated by
hyphens.
(You can optionally specify the date
l..n the format of "dd-xxx-yy," where xxx is an
abbreviated month name.) The time is in the
format of "hh:mm," where hh is the hour and mm
is the minutes separated by a colon.
The time
applies to a 24-hour clock.

Switch
/NO-SESSION-ENTRIES
Disables automatic BILLING-CLOSURE when you
use the FILE-CLOSURE keyword.
This switch is
valid only with the FILE-CLOSURE keyword.
Restrictions
If the specified time for the execution of this command occurs
when the system is down, the usage activity will not occur when
the system is restarted.

2-104

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SET USAGE
Examples
1.

Close the billing sessions for the change between
second shift.

first

and

OPR>SET USAGE BILLING-CLOSURE 16:30<RET>
13:21:27 --Wili close billing sessions at 15-Jul-88 16:29:59-OPR>
At 16:30 (4:30 PM),
or shortly thereafter,
message appears on the OPR terminal.

the

following

OPR>
16:34:22 -- Message from the Accounting System
Session entries written for all jobs
OPR>
2.

Close and rename the USAGE.OUT file.
Do not attempt
this until you check with your system manager.

OPR>SET USAGE FILE-CLOSURE NOW<RET>
OPR>
9:25:37 -- Message from the Accounting System -ACT:USAGE.OUT closed and renamed to ACT:800715.090[1,7]
OPR>

2-105

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW
SHOW

Function
The SHOW command displays system information.
The SHOW
does not alter or change any jobs, queues, or devices.
Because the SHOW command is complex,
each of
keywords is described in the following sections:
ALLOCATION
CONTROL-FILE
MESSAGES
NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES
OPERATORS
PARAMETERS
QUEUES
ROUTE-TABLE
STATUS
SYSTEM
TIME

2-106

the

command
following

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW ALLOCATION
SHOW ALLOCATION

Function
The SHOW ALLOCATION command displays allocations
for
all
mountable devices
(disk drives and tape drives).
This command
displays the disk drive name, the structure name, and, for tapes,
the track size and BPI density of the allocated resource.
It
shows the number of devices allocated and the number of devices
mounted.
You can display the mountable device allocations for
all job requests, all batch job requests,
a particular batch
request, or a particular job request.
Use the SHOW ALLOCATION command when you need to know what types
of disk or tape drives are allocated to a job that is waiting in
the batch queue.
The job could be waiting because another batch
job has already allocated the needed resources.
Thus, the
waiting batch job allocation requests can not be answered.
In
addition,
this command is useful when you need to know what
mountable device allocations have been made by timesharing users.

Format
OPR>SHOW ALLOCATION argument<RET>

Arguments
ALL-REQUESTS

specifies display of the mountable device
allocations for all
job requests (batch and
timesharing) that are currently logged-in or
waiting in the batch queue to be executed.

BATCH-REQUEST nn

specifies display of the allocations for the
batch request with the identification number
nn.
If you do not specify the batch request
number
(nn) ,
all batch job requests are
dispiayed.

JOB nn

specifies display of the mountable device
allocation for a particular job (either batch
or timesharing).
You must specify the job
number (nn) with this argument.

2-107

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW ALLOCATION
Examples

Use the SHOW ALLOCATION command for all batch job requests.
OPR>SHOW ALLOCATION BATCH-REQUEST<RET>
OPR>
8:40:32

-- Mountable Device Allocations

Allocation for batch request 3 DAN DEUFEL [30,5215]
Volume set
Resource
Type
All
RP06
CBL1

Disk unit
Structure

Own

1
1

[50,56]
Type

All

Own

Structure

Allocation for batch request 24 SYSV52 [1,2]
Volume set
Resource
Type

All

Own

1
1
1
1
1

1
0
1
1
1

CBL1

Allocation for batch request 19 DPM
Volume set
Resource
DSKC

DSKB
DSKC
VOL-SET

DSKC

9 TK 800/1600
RP06
DSKB
DSKC
VOL1

Magtape unit
Disk unit
Structure
Structure
Magtape vol.

OPR>
2.

Use the SHOW ALLOCATION command for timesharing job 13.
OPR>SHOW ALLOCATION JOB 13<RET>
OPR>
10:51:34

Mountable Device Allocations --

Allocation for job 13 OPR
[1,2]
Volume set
Resource
DSKB
DSKC

DSKB
DSKC

OPR>

2-108

Type
Structure
Structure

All

Own

1
1

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW CONTROL-FILE
SHOW CONTROL-FILE

Function
The SHOW CONTROL-FILE command displays the control file of a
batch job that is processing in a particular batch stream. The
only keyword for this command is BATCH-STREAM followed by the
stream number.
You must specify the BATCH-STREAM keyword.
This command enables you to display a particular stream while the
job is processing, to see any possible problems that 'might come
about due to an incorrect command, and to check whether there are
any commands that require an operator action of some kind.
Format
OPR>SHOW CONTROL-FILE keyword nn /switch<RET>
Keywords
BATCH-STREAM

specifies a particular batch input stream.

specifies the stream number of the batch
stream to be displayed by OPR.
You must
specify this stream number.

Switch
/LINES:number

specifies the number of lines of the control
file in the batch stream you want displayed.
If you do not specify the /LINES switch,
the
default is ten lines.

Examples
1.

Use the SHOW CONTROL-FILE command to display four lines of
control file in batch stream 2.
OPR>SHOW CONTROL-FILE BATCH-STREAM 2 /LINES:4<RET>
OPR>
16:42:20

Batch-Stream 2 Job # 3 -- Show-Control-File
Job MYFILE Req #121 for ADLEY [27,1331]
.MOUNT TAPE REEL1:
.COMPILE TEST2/FORTRAN
. EXECUTE
.DISMOUNT TAPE REEL1:

*** END OF DATA ***
OPR>

2-109

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW CONTROL-FILE

Use the SHOW CONTROL-FILE command to
batch stream O.

display

ten

lines

OPR>SHOW CONTROL-FILE BATCH-STREAM O<RET>
OPR>
13:20:30

Batch-Stream 0 Job 112 -- Show-Control-File
Job EDIT01 Req 1211 for LATTA [27,2444]
*F.PG[
*M.

*D.
*E
.IF (ERROR)
.SOS
*F.PG[

.GOTO DELl

*M.

*D.
*E
*** END OF DATA ***
OPR>

2-110

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW MESSAGES
SHOW MESSAGES

Function
The SHOW MESSAGES command displays any outstanding messages that
require you to perform an action or reply with the RESPOND
command.
with the SHOW MESSAGES command, you can specify an outstanding
message number or a node.
If you do not specify either a message
number or a node, OPR responds with all outstanding messages that
you are enabled to receive.
Use the RESPOND command to respond
displayed by this SHOW command.

any

outstanding

message

Format
OPR>SHOW MESSAGES nnnn /switch<RET>
Keyword
nnnn

specifies the outstanding message
number.
Valid message numbers can range from 0 to
9999.
If you do not specify a message number,
all outstanding messages with their sequence
numbers, if any, are displayed,
provided you
have enabled the messages to appear at the OPR
terminal.

Switch
/NODE:identifier

specifies the name of a node in the network.
It identifies a remote node for which the
command should be effective. For example,
to
specify
the
node
named
KL1026,
use
/NODE:KL1026.
If you do not specify a node
identifier, your own node is the default.
If you do not specify the /NODE switch,
all
outstanding
messages
with their sequence
numbers, if any, are displayed, provided that
the messages are enabled to appear at the OPR
terminal.

Restriction
If you have disabled the output display of ALL-MESSAGES and/or
OPR-ACTION-MESSAGES, or if there are no outstanding messages, OPR
responds with the message:
hh:mm:ss

-- No Outstanding Messages --

where hh:mm:ss is the time (in hours, minutes,
response.

2-111

seconds)

the

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW MESSAGES
Examples
1.

Use the SHOW MESSAGES command to display all ,outstanding
messages with their sequence numbers.
You are enabled to
receive the output display of all messages.
OPR>SHOW MESSAGES<RET>
aPR>
10:25:12

-- System messages outstanding --

9:38:21

<2>

--Message from timesharing user -job 48 [27,5434]MORRILL at TTY 142
Ignore this message

9:41:07

<3>

Printer 0 [NOVA(31)]
Please load forms type 'NARROW'
Type 'RESPOND <number> PROCEED' when ready

aPR>
2.

Use the SHOW MESSAGES command to
message with the message number 47.

display

outstanding

OPR>SHOW MESSAGES 47<RET>
OPR>
12:45:21
12:30:30

-- System messages outstanding -<47>

Batch-Stream 0
JOB #30
Job TEST Req #321 for DZIEDZIC[10,6016]
Is anyone there?

OPR>

2-112

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES
SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES

Function

The SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES command displays the
specified by the DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES command.

information

Format

OPR>SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES<RET>
Example

Use the SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES
names.

command

display

defined

queue

OPR>SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES<RET>
OPR>
11:51:55
Queue
SI$8700
SI$87PLOT
SWE$LN03
TOPS$LN03
OPR>

Name

-- Network Queue Names -Type
Object Type
Remote
Remote
Remote
Remote

Printer
Plotter
Printer
Printer

2-113

Node

Unit

------

-------

JUNIPR
JUNIPR
GALLO
VINO

0
0
Generic
LAT999

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW OPERATORS
SHOW OPERATORS

Function
The SHOW OPERATORS command displays the terminal and job numbers
of all users on the system who are running OPR.
The display
shows the node, terminal number, job number, and user's name.
In addition, you can specify the /NODE switch (network software)
to display all users running OPR at a remote station.
If you do
not specify the /NODE switch, all operators on the system
(all
nodes included) are displayed.

Format
OPR>SHOW OPERATORS /switch<RET>

Switch
/NODE:identifier'

Restriction
If there are no users running OPR at the node you specify in
SHOW OPERATORS command, OPR responds with:
hh:mm:ss

the

-- No Operators at Node name

where name is the node name or number.

Examp1es
1.

Use the SHOW OPERATORS command to display all
system running OPR.

users

the

OPR>SHOW OPERATORS<RET>
OPR>
12:23:34
Node
KL1026 (26)
KL1026 (26)
KL1026 (26)

Operators
Type

Terminal

Job

User

System
System
System

4
0
1

1
27
5

OPR
[1,2]
OPR
[1,2]
SYSV52 [1,2]

------

--------

OPR>

2-114

----------------------

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW OPERATORS
2.

Use the SHOW OPERATORS command to display
node CTCH22.

the

operators

OPR>SHOW OPERATOR /NODE:CTCH22<RET>
OPR>
14:23:45

Operators

Node

Type

Terminal

Job

User

CTCH22 (22)
CTCH22 (22)

System
System

13
41

OPR
[1,2]
HARAMUNDANIS [27,4117]

OPR>

2-115

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW PARAMETERS
SHOW PARAMETERS

Function
The SHOW PARAMETERS command displays the current defaults and
values for a particular device or range of devices, or all
devices known to the system.
You can use the SHOW PARAMETERS command to check the current
values of a device before and after you change the parameters of
a particular device.
If you do not specify a keyword with the
SHOW PARAMETERS command, the command defaults to all devices.
If
you do not specify an argument to the keyword,
the command
defaults to all devices or streams of the type you specify.
Use SET to change the
under SET commands.

parameters.

Parameters

are

documented

Format
OPR>SHOW PARAMETERS keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords
BATCH-STREAM

displays information about the specified batch
input stream or a range of batch streams.

CARD-PUNCH

displays information about
the
specified
card-punch or a range of such devices.

FAL-STREAM

displays the network type associated with
specified FAL stream (ANF-10 or DECnet) .

NETWORK-NODE

displays the IBM network parameters of nodes
currently known to the system.
This argument
displays valid information only
if
your
installation has IBM Communications software.
The display shows the value of the arguments
that can be altered with the DEFINE and SET
NODE comm"ands.

NQC-STREAM

displays information about the specified
stream or a range of NQC streams.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH

displays information about
the
specified
paper-tape-punch or a range of such devices.

PLOTTER

displays information about
the
plotter or a range of such devices.

PRINTER

displays information about
the
specified
line-printer or a range of such devices.

2-116

the

NQC

specified

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW PARAMETERS
Arguments

specifies a numeric value representing
a
batch-stream number or a device unit number.
The number is usually from 0 to 5, but can be
larger
if your installation has acquired
additional devices.

n:m

specifies a range of
numbers.

batch

streams

unit

Switch

/NODE:identifier

specifies a remote node for which the command
is effective.
For example, use /NODE:KL1026
to specify the node named KL1026.
If you do
not specify /NODE:identifier, your own node is
the default.

Examples

Use the SHOW PARAMETERS command
parameters of all batch streams.

display

the

current

OPR>SHOW PARAMETERS BATCH-STREAMS<RET>
OPR>
18:25:07

System Device Parameters --

Batch-Stream Parameters:
Strm
Minutes
Prio

Core limits

o
1
2·
3
4

0:3600
0:10
0:11000
0:11000
0:3600

Opr-Intvn

1:2000
1:2000
1:2000
1:2000
1:512

1:63
1:19
1:19
20:63
1:63

Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No

OPR>
2.

Use the SHOW PARAMETERS command
parameters of the card punch.

display

the

OPR>SHOW PARAMETERS CARD-PUNCHES O<RET>
OPR>
19:43:30

System Device Parameters --

Card-Punch Parameters:
Unit Card-Limits
Form

1:500

NORMAL

OPR>

2-117

Prio

Lim-Ex

1:63

Ask

Dev-Chars

current

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW PARAMETERS

Use the SHOW PARAMETERS conunand to display
parameters of all line-printer devices.

the

current

OPR>SHOW PARAMETERS PRINTER<RET>
aPR>
16:45:10

-- System Device Parameters --

Printer Parameters:
Unit

o
1

Node
KL1026 (26)
KL1026 (26)

Page Limits
1:5000
1:20000

aPR>

2-118

Form

Prio

NARROW 1:63
NORMAL 1:63

Lim Ex Dev-Chars
Ask
Ask

Lower
Lower

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW QUEUES
SHOW QUEUES

FWlction

The SHOW QUEUES command displays the queue, or list of jobs,
for
a particular device or for all batch streams.
SHOW QUEUES also
displays the queue for pending system events such as scheduled
system shutdown and billing file closure.
The SHOW QUEUES
command displays the following:
o

active job requests

job requests waiting to be processed

held job requests that must be rescheduled.

You can display all jobs in all queues or only jobs in particular
queues.
The default for the SHOW QUEUES command is ALL-JOBS.
The asterisk (*) before a job name in the
designates currently active job requests.

SHOW

QUEUES

display

Format

OPR>SHOW QUEUES keyword /switch<RET>
Keywords

ALL-JOBS

shows all queues for the system. ALL-JOBS
the default of the SHOW QUEUES command.

BATCH-JOBS

specifies all batch jobs

CARD-PUNCH-JOBS

specifies all card-punch jobs

EVENTS

specifies the following system events:

MOUNT-REQUESTS

billing file closure (BILCLS)

ORION log file closure (OPRFIL)

usage file closure (USGFIL)

scheduled system shutdown (KSYS)

scheduled command file execution (TAKFIL)

specifies requests for tape and disk structure
mounts.

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH-JOBS
specifies all paper-tape-punch jobs
PLOTTER-JOBS

specifies all plotter jobs

PRINTER-JOBS

specifies all line-printer jobs

2-119

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW QUEUES
Switches
/NODE:identifier

displays the given queue for the node you
specify.
For example, /NODE:KL1026 specifies
the node named KL1026.
If you do not specify
a node identifier,
your own node is the
default.

/ALL

displays a full queue listing. A full listing
includes
column headers,
as well as the
switches (for example,
/HOLD),
and default
parameters that apply to the jobs.

/SHORT

displays an abbreviated queue listing.
A
short listing displays the job name, request
number, scheduled run time or expiration,
and
the user name of each job in the queue. A
short listing does not display column headers,
switches, or default parameters.

/USER: [PPN]

displays only jobs submitted by a particular
user.
The
user
is
identified by his
project-programmer number [PPN].

Examples
1.

Use the SHOW QUEUES command to display batch jobs that are
processing or waiting to be processed by the batch system.
OPR>SHOW QUEUES BATCH-JOBS /ALL<RET>
OPR>
14:23:14
Batch Queue:
Job Name Req#

-- System Queues Listing
Run Time Core

* GENSCH

User

21 00:05:00 500
FRIES [10,3711]
/Uniq:Yes /Restart:No /Seq#:713
Job 14 Running MACRO Runtime 0:01:41

* DFRPM

In Stream:O

25 00:20:00 500
GATULIS [27,3123]
In Stream:1
Job# 17 Running LINK Last Label: LOAD Runtime 0:00:04
SBUILD
29 01:00:00 500
KIRSCHEN [30,5215]
/After: 5-Jan-88 20:00:00 /Uniq:Yes
/Restart:Yes /Seq#:784
WEEKLY
37 00:05:00 500
OPERATOR [1,2]
Hold:Yes
/Uniq:Yes /Restart:No /Seq#:791
There are 4 jobs in the Queue (2 in Progress)
OPR>

2-120

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW QUEUES
2.

Use the SHOW QUEUES command to
display
any
current
MOUNT-REQUESTS that are mounted, waiting to be mounted, or
are being dismounted.
OPR>SHOW QUEUES MOUNT-REQUESTS<RET>
OPR>
19:52:21

-- System Queues Listing

Mount Queue:
Volume
Status

Type

write

-------

Req#

Job#

24
25
52
76

28
28
23
12

Waiting
Tape Enabled
G001
Waiting
Tape Enabled
G002
Waiting
Disk
DSKZ
TEST
Waiting
Tape Locked
There are 4 Requests in the Queue

User

--------------ENGEL
ENGEL
BROWN
JONES

[30,3456]
[30,3456]
[27,5107]
[10,1310]

OPR>
3.

Use the SHOW QUEUES command with the /SHORT
display all jobs in the line-printer queue.

switch,

OPR>SHOW QUEUES PRINTER /SHORT<RET>
OPR>
15:50:15

-- System Queues Listing --

Printer Queue:
* DBBIND
49
* TRY
60
TEST01
69
SCHEDU
79

108
27
50
100

FRIES,A [10,2311]
NICHOLS [30,1201]
BROWN,E [27,5107]
OPERATOR [1,2]

OPR>
4.

Use the SHOW QUEUES command to display the items in the EVENT
queue.
OPR>SHOW QUEUES EVENTS<RET>
-- System Queues Listing --

11:51:58
Event Queue:
Type

Req#

Expiration

Description

USGFIL
14
8-0ct-88 23:59:30 Usage file closure
OPRFIL
18
9-0ct-88 0:00:00 ORION log file closure
* KSYS
15 10-0ct-88 0:00:00 Debug new monitor
There are 3 events in the queue (1 in progress)

2-121

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW ROUTE-TABLE
SHOW ROUTE-TABLE

Function
The SHOW ROUTE-TABLE command applies only if your installation
has remote station communication software.
The SHOW ROUTE-TABLE
command displays the routing tables of the nodes whose output has
been transferred by means of the ROUTE command.
See the
description of the ROUTE command in this chapter.
The SHOW ROUTE-TABLE command has no keywords and no switches.
Format
OPR>SHOW ROUTE-TABLE<RET>
. Examples
1.

Use the SHOW ROUTE-TABLE command to display the current nodes
that have been routed within your network system.
OPR>SHOW ROUTE-TABLE<RET>
15:04:17

System Device Routing Table -Printer 0 [KL1026(26)] Routed to Printer 1 [CTCH22(22)]
All Printers [NOVA(31)] Routed to [KL1026(26)]

OPR>
2.

Use the SHOW ROUTE-TABLE command, when no
done.

routing

has

OPR>SHOW ROUTE-TABLE<RET>
OPR>
16:30:23

-- No routing has been performed --

OPR>

2-122

been

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW STATUS
SHOW STATUS

Function

The SHOW STATUS command displays the current status of a
particular device or range of devices on the system.
You can
display the status of batch or FAL streams,
input/output units,
tape-drives,
network nodes, or all current devices known to the
system.
The SHOW STATUS command is useful when you want to know the
current status of the system.
You can issue this command to
check whether devices are active or idle.
If you do not specify a keyword with the SHOW STATUS command, the
command defaults to batch streams, printers, and readers.
In
addition, if your installation has a card punch, paper-tape
punch, or plotter, the SHOW STATUS command displays the status of
these devices.
Format

OPR>SHOW STATUS keyword argument/switch<RET>
Keywords

BATCH-STREAM nn or n:m
displays the status of a batch input stream or
range of batch streams.
CARD-PUNCH nn or n:m
displays the status of one or more
devices.

card-punch

DISK-DRIVE structure-name:
displays the status of all the disk drives
currently known to the system.
with this
keyword, you can specify the /ALL,
/FREE,
or
/MOUNTED switch.
/ALL is the default.
FAL-STREAM nn or n:m
displays the status of a FAL stream
of FAL streams.

range

NETWORK-NODE node-name
displays the on-line/off-line status of all
nodes currently known to the system. This
keyword takes a node name as an argument to
show the status of a specific node.

2-123

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW STATUS
NQC-STREAM nn or n:m
displays the status of a NQC stream
of NQC streams.

range

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH nn or n:m
one

displays
the
status
of
paper-tape-punch devices.
PLOTTER nn or n:m
displays the status of
devices.

one

displays
the
status
line-printer devices.

plotter

PRINTER nn or n:m
one

READER nn or n:m
displays the status of one or more card reader
input devices.
STRUCTURE structure-name
displays the status of a file structure known
to the system.
If you do not specify a
structure, all structures are shown.
with
this keyword, you can specify a structure name
and/or the /USERS switch.
TAPE-DRIVE
displays the status of one or more magnetic
tape-drive units known to the system.
You
must include the colon after the tape drive
number.
With this keyword, you can specify a
tape-drive name (in the format of MTxn:), the
/ALL switch, or the /FREE switch.
Arguments
nn

specifies a batch or FAL stream number,
device unit number.

n:m

specifies a range of batch or FAL streams,
a range of unit numbers.

MTxn:

specifies a tape drive name, where x is the
tape controller number identification and n is
the tape drive number.
You must include the
colon after the tape drive name.

structure-name:

specifies the logical disk file structure
name.
The name can consist of 1 to 4
alphanumeric characters. You must include the
colon after the structure name.

2-124

a
or

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW STATUS
Switches
/NODE:identifier

displays the status of the given device for
the node you specify. To specify a node name,
for example KL1026, use /NODE:KL1026.
If you
do not specify a node identifier, your own
node is the default.

/SHORT

displays only the stream/unit number,
the
current status, the job name, the request-id
number, and the user name with column headers.
If you do not specify the /SHORT switch,
additional information, such as the job number
and the run time, appears in the display for
each job request.
This switch is not valid
with the DISK-DRIVE, FAL-STREAM, STRUCTURE, or
TAPE-DRIVE keywords.

DISK-DRIVE Switches
/ALL

displays the status of both free disk drives
and mounted disk drives.
This switch is
assumed if you do not specify a switch.

/FREE

displays only those disk drives
available for structure mounts.

that

are

/MOUNTED

dis'plays only those disk drives that
currently mounted and being accessed.

are

STRUCTURE Switch
/USERS

displays all the usernames of all
users
currently logged in and using the specified
structure.
If
you
do
not
specify
a
structure-name,
the /USERS switch lists all
users for all structures known to the system.

TAPE-DRIVE Switches
/ALL

displays all tape drives known to the system.
The status display also provides additional
information, such as the AVR status, the label
type,
and the density (BPI).
If you do not
specify the /ALL switch,
the
additional
information does not appear in the status
display.

/FREE

displays all tape drives that are currently
unloaded
and available for mounting tape
volumes.
The /FREE switch also displays those
tape drives that are loaded, but are not being
accessed by any user.

2-125

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW SYSTEM
SHOW SYSTEM

Function

The SHOW SYSTEM command displays system lists
parameters set with the SET SYSTEM command.

and

the

system

The SHOW SYSTEM command does not display the parameters set with
the SET SYSTEM DATE or SET SYSTEM DAYTIME commands.
To display
the current DATE and DAYTIME parameters,
use the SHOW TIME
command.
See the MODIFY command in this chapter for information on
altering the system lists.
Seethe SETSRC description in the
TOPS-10 User Utilities Manual for information on changing the
system search list.
Format

OPR>SHOW SYSTEM keyword <RET>
Keywords

LISTS

displays the followirig system lists:
o

Active Swapping List

Crash Dump List

System Search List

The
active-swapping
list
displays
the
disk-unit names for page swapping of memory.
The crash-dump list displays the structure
names that the system uses to dump memory
during a system crash.
The system-search list
displays the structure names that the system
uses to search for file structures and file
names.
LISTS is
command.
PARAMETERS

the

default

for

the

SHOW

SYSTEM

displays the following parameters set with the
SET SYSTEM command:
o

BATMAX

BATMIN

CORMAX

CORMIN

LOGMAX

LOGMIN

SCHEDULE
2-127

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW SYSTEM
Examples

Use the SHOW SYSTEM LISTS
system lists.

command

display

the

current

OPR>SHOW SYSTEM LISTS<RET>
OPR>
09:30:21

-- System lists -Crash Dump List:
Active Swapping List:
System Search List:

DSKC:, DSKB:, BLKX:, BLKY:
RPD4:, RPB2:, RPDO:
DSKC :, DSKB:

OPR>
2.

Use the SHOW SYSTEM PARAMETERS command to display the current
system parameters.
OPR>SHOW SYSTEM PARAMETERS<RET>
OPR>
15:57:24
-- System Parameters
CPUO is running and scheduling jobs
CPU1 is running and scheduling jobs
LOGMAX: 100 jobs out of 100
SCHEDULE: 000000
No restrictions
BATMAX: 13 jobs
BATMIN:
0 jobs
Disk cache size: 400 blocks
OPR>

2-128

CORMAX: 1024 pages
CORMIN:
100 pages
Configured size: 400 blocks

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHOW TIME
SHOW TIME

Function

The SHOW TIME command displays the current system date and time.
The date is shown in the format of dd-mmm-yy (dd=day,
mmm=month,
yy=year) .
The time is shown in the format of hh:mm:ss (hh=hour,
mm=minutes, ss=seconds).
Format

OPR>SHOW TIME<RET>
Example

Use the SHOW TIME command to display the current date and time.
OPR>SHOW TIME<RET>
25-Dec-88 11:55:34
OPR>

2-129

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHUTDOWN
SHUTDOWN

Function
The SHUTDOWN command terminates scheduling for the devices or
streams you specify.
To restart a device or stream, use the
START command.
The SHUTDOWN command allows the current job to
complete processing, then terminates the stream or device and no
further jobs are processed.
Format
OPR>SHUTDOWN keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords
B.ATCH-STREAM nn or n:m
shuts down a batch stream or a range of
streams.

batch

CARP-PUNCH nn or n:m
shuts down a
card-punches.

range

card-punch

FAL

range

FAL-STREAM nn or n:m
shuts down
streams.
NODE identifier

stream

FAL

specifies a remote node for which the command
will
be
effective.
For
example,
use
/NODE:KL1026 to specify the node named KL1026.
If you do not specify a node identifier, your
own node is the default.

NQC-STREAM nn or n:m
shuts down
streams.

NQC

stream

range

NQC

range

PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH nn or n:m
shuts down a paper-tape-punch or
paper-tape-punches.
PLOTTER nn or n:m
shuts down a plotter or a range of plotters.
PRINTER

shuts down a line printer or a range
devices.

such

READER nn or n: m
shuts down a card reader (input) or a range of
card readers.
2-130

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SHUTDOWN
Arguments

specifies the stream number or unit number to
be shut down.
You must specify a stream or
unit number.

n:m

specifies a range of stream/unit numbers. You
can specify this range instead of a single
stream/unit number.
The colon must separate
the
two
numbers.
The n represents the
low-order number, and the m represents the
high-order number.

Switch

/NODE:identifier

specifies a remote node for which the command
will
be
effective.
For
example,
use
/NODE:KL1026 to specify the node named KL1026.
If you do not specify a node identifier, your
own node is the default.

Examples

Use the SHUTDOWN command to terminate the card punch on the host
system.
site.
OPR>SHUTDOWN CARD-PUNCH O<RET>
OPR>
13:23:33

Card-punch

o -- Shutdown at EOJ Scheduled --

OPR>
2.

Use the SHUTDOWN command to terminate all batch streams.
OPR>SHUTDOWN BATCH-STREAM 0:2<RET>
OPR>
12:30:15

Batch-stream 0

-- Shutdown --

OPR>
12:30:16

Batch-stream 1

-- Shutdown at EOJ Scheduled --

OPR>
12:30:17

Batch-stream 2

-- Shutdown at EOJ Scheduled --

OPR>
3.

Use the SHUTDOWN command to terminate the line printers at
site.
OPR>SHUTDOWN PRINTER O:l<RET>
OPR>
16:23:45

Printer 0

-- Shutdown at EOJ Scheduled --

OPR>
16:23:46

Printer 1

-- Shutdown --

OPR>

2-131

your

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
START
START

Function
The START command starts the scheduling for the specified
devices.
Use the START command to restart devices that you
stopped with the SHUTDOWN command.
Format
OPR>START keyword argument/switch<RET>
Keywords
BATCH-STREAM nn or n:m
starts a batch stream
streams.

range

batch

range

CARD-PUNCH nn or n:m
starts
a
card-punch
card-punches.
FAL-STREAM nn or n: m
starts a FAL stream or range of FAL streams.
NODE node-name
starts an IBM Communications node.
NQC-STREAM nn or n:m
starts a NQC stream or range of NQC streams.
PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH nn or n:m
starts a paper-tape-punch
paper-tape-punches.

range

PLOTTER nn or n:m
starts a plotter or a range of plotters.
PRINTER nn or n:m
starts a line
devices.

printer

range

such

card

reader

range

card

READER nn or n:m
starts a
readers.

2-132

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
START
Arguments

specifies the stream number or unit number to
be started. You must specify a stream or unit
number.

n:m

specifies a range of stream/unit numbers. You
can specify this range instead of a single
stream/unit number.
The colon must separate
the
two
numbers.
The n represents the
low-order number, and the m represents the
high-order number.

Switches

/NODE:identifier

specifies a remote node for which the command
will
be
effective.
For
example,
use
/NODE:KL1026 to specify the node named KL1026.
If you do not specify a node identifier, your
own node is the default.

/DEVICE:dev:

specifies that printer output be written to a
named device.
This switch is useful when you
must transfer printer output from one site to
another,
or when you have printer hardware
problems. Before you use the START PRINTER
command with the /DEVICE switch, you must set
the device as unavailable for user requests.
(For additional information, see the TOPS-10
Operator's Guide.)

Examples

Use the START command to start the line printer on
system.

the

OPR>START PRINTER O<RET>
OPR>
20:31:09

Printer 0

-- Startup Scheduled --

OPR>
2.

Use the START command to start all batch streams.
OPR>START BATCH-STREAM 0:3<RET>
OPR>
12:15:32

Batch-stream 0

Startup Scheduled --

OPR>
12:15:38

Batch-stream 1

Startup Scheduled --

OPR>
12:15:44

Batch-stream 2

Startup Scheduled --

OPR>
12:15:50

Batch-stream 3

-- Startup Scheduled --

OPR>

2-133

host

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

START
3.

Use the START command to start the card-punch devices at your
site.
OPR>START CARD-PUNCH 0:1<RET>
OPR>
13:17:23

Card-punch 0

Startup Scheduled --

OPR>
13:17:30

Card-punch 1

-- Startup Scheduled --

OPR>

2-134

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
STOP
STOP

Function

The STOP command temporarily
streams:
o

Batch streams

Card punches

FAL streams

NQC streams

Paper-tape punches

Plotters

Printers

Card readers

stops

the

following

devices

You can use the STOP command to halt a device when a hardware
occurs.

and

problem

When you use the STOP command, the device remains active,
and jobs
requesting that device can still be scheduled. However, when you
specify the argument, AFTER EVERY-REQUEST, the device stops after it
completes each job request.
Use the CONTINUE command to reactivate a device or stream after a STOP
command has been issued.
Format

OPR>STOP keyword arguments /switch<RET>
Keywords

BATCH-STREAM nn or n:m
stops a batch input stream or a range of batch
input streams.
CARD-PUNCH nn or n:m
stops a card punch or a range of such devices.
FAL-STREAM nn or n:m
stops a FAL stream or range of FAL streams.
NQC-STREAM nn or n:m
stops a NQC stream or range of NQC streams.

2-135

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
STOP
PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH nn or n:m
stops a paper-tape punch or a
devices.

range

such

PLOTTER nn or n:m
stops a plotter or a range of such devices.
PRINTER nn or n~m
stops a line
devices:

printer

range

such

READER nn or n:m
stops a card reader (input) or a range of such
devices.
Arguments
nn

specifies the stream number or unit number
be stopped.

n:m

specifies a range of stream or unit numbers.
You can specify this range instead of a single
stream or unit number.
The
colon
must
separate the two numbers.
The n represents
the low-order number, and the m represents the
high-order number.

AFTER CURRENT-REQUEST
stops the specified device after the current
job request has completed. All other devices
of the same type will continue to process job
requests.
Use CONTINUE to start processing
other jobs in the queue.
AFTER EVERY-REQUEST
stops the specified device after each job
request has completed.
To start another job
on the device, use the CONTINUE command.
You
can clear this argument from the device only
by shutting down
the
device
and
then
restarting it
(see the SHUTDOWN and START
commands) .
IMMEDIATELY

stops the specified device immediately.
If a
job is being processed on the device, it is
stopped.
This argument is the default of the
STOP command.

Switch
/NODE:identifier

specifies a remote node for which the command
will
be
effective.
For
example,
use
/NODE:KL1026 to specify the node named KL1026.
If you do not specify a node identifier, your
own node is the default.

2-136

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
STOP
Examples

Use the STOP command to stop the card reader
prevent a card-reader jam.

temporarily

OPR>STOP READER O<RET>
OPR>
9:20:10

Reader 0

-- Stopped --

OPR>
2.

Use the STOP command to stop a batch stream
completes processing the current batch job.

after

OPR>STOP BATCH-STREAM 2 AFTER CURRENT-REQUEST<RET>
OPR>
18:23:55

Batch-stream 2

-- STOP command queued --

OPR>
3.

Use the STOP command
processing a request.

stop

line

OPR>STOP PRINTER 1 IMMEDIATELY<RET>
OPR>
11:37:02

Printer 1

-- Stopped --

OPR>

2-137

printer

that

was

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

SUPPRESS
SUPPRESS

Function

The SUPPRESS command allows you to convert all vertical form
motion characters to single-space characters. All form feeds and
multiple line feeds are converted to a single line feed.
Thus,
the paging motion in a printer-job request is ignored. However,
this command does not cause printing to occur across the forms
page burst (perforation).
The SUPPRESS command is useful when you want to stop a user's
program that caused a print loop,
for example when bad code
causes too many form feeds.
When this happens, you can stop the
printer,
issue the SUPPRESS command,
and then continue the
printer, thus saving paper.
To continue printing normally,
use
this command with /STOP (SUPPRESS PRINTER n/STOP) .
You must specify the PRINTER keyword and unit number.
Format

OPR>SUPPRESS keyword nn /switch<RET>
Keyword

PRINTER nn

suppresses vertical motion on the specified
line-printer.
You must include the unit
number.
(for example, 0 for LPTO, 1 for LPT1,
and so forth).

Switches

/NODE:identifier

/FILE

specifies the file currently being printed.
(Refer
to the BACKSPACE and FORWARD SPACE
commands. )

/JOB

specifies the job currently being printed.
with the /JOB switch,
the entire job is
suppressed, regardless of how many files or
switches were specified when the job was
originally queued to print. The /JOB switch
is the default of the SUPPRESS command.

/STOP

specifies that normal printing is to resume,
and that the carriage control on the line
printer is no longer to be suppressed.
When
you specify this switch,
the job that is
currently printing reverts to the print job
format that was being used before the SUPPRESS
command was issued.
2-138

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
SUPPRESS
Examples

Usa the SUPPRESS command to suppress paging motion on line
printer O.
The SUPPRESS command affects the entire job that
is currently being printed.
OPR>SUPPRESS PRINTER O<RET>
OPR>
06:37:41

Printer 0 -- Carriage control suppressed
Job DUMP01 Req #23 for OPERATOR [1,2]

OPR>
2.

Use the SUPPRESS command to stop the suppression of form
feeds and carriage returns on line printer 0 after a runaway
job has completed printing.
The line printer is now free to
print the next job in the queue.
OPR>SUPPRESS PRINTER Q /STOP<RET>
OPR>
07:32:12

Printer 0 -- Carriage control activated
Job DUMP01 Req #23 for OPERATOR [1,2]

OPR>

2-139

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
TAKE
TAKE

Function
The TAKE command automatically executes the commands in a command
file.
A typical command file contains commands that pe:rform a
series of related tasks.
For example,
the SYSTEM.CMD file
contains OPR commands that set and start devices and streams
automatically.

Format
OPR>TAKE keyword argument /switch<RET>

Keyword
filespec

specifies the input file name
and
file
extension
of the file that contains the
executable OPR commands.
The file name can
consist
of
no more than 6 alphanumeric
characters.
The file extension can consist of
no more than 3 alphanumeric characters.
The
standard extension for command files is CMD,
but
any
specified extension works.
The
filespec can be a full file specification
consisting of:
str:filnam.ext[PPN]
where str:< is the file structure,
filnam is
the file name, .ext is the file extension, and
[PPN] is the project-programmer number.
If
you do not specify the str:, OPR defaults to
the current job's search list.
If you do not
specify the
[PPN] , OPR defaults to your disk
area.

Arguments
NOW

specifies that OPR executes the
the command file immediately.

+hh:mm:ss

specifies the number of hours,
minutes,
and
seconds from the current time that OPRwil1
execute the commands in the command file.
This time must be at least five
the current time.

hh:mm:ss

commands

minutes

from

specifies the time in hours, minutes,
and
seconds when OPR will execute the commands in
the command file.

dd--mmm-yy:hh:mm: ss
specifies the day, month, and year, as well as
the time when OPR will execute the commands in
the command file.

2-140

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

TAKE
DAILY hh:rrun:ss

specifies that OPR executes the contents
the file every day at the given time.

EVERY "DAY" hh:rrun:ss
specifies that OPR will execute the contents
of the corrunand file at the given time on the
day you specify.
"DAY" can be any day of the
week.
Switches

/DISPLAY

displays all messages from the corrunand file,
any error messages that occur, and the OPR
corrunands after they have been executed.

/NODISPLAY

does not display the OPR corrunands that exist
in the. corrunand file after their execution.
All other messages appear with the /NODISPLAY
switch specified. This switch is the default
of the TAKE corrunand.

/REASON:corrunent

allows you to specify why a particular corrunand
file is to be executed

Examples

Use the TAKE corrunand to execute a series of OPR corrunands that
are in OPR001.CMD, which resides in your [PPN].
OPR>TAKE OPR001.CMD/DISPLAY<RET>
OPR>START BATCH-STREAM 0:2
14:54:10

Batch-stream 0

Startup Scheduled

14:54:12

Batch-stream 1

Startup Scheduled

14:54:15

Batch-stream 2

Startup Scheduled

OPR>START PRINTER 0:1
14:54:18

Printer 0

Startup Scheduled

14:54:21

Printer 1

St:artup Scheduled

OPR>
2.

Use the TAKE corrunand to execute a series of OPR corrunands from
DSKZ:OPR.CMD[10,10] .
OPR>TAKE DSKZ:OPR.CMD[10,10] /NODISPLAY<RET>
OPR>-16:43:07
Card-punch 0 -- Shutdown Scheduled
16:43:11

Plotter 0

Shutdown Scheduled --

16:43:15

Reader 0

-- Shutdown Scheduled --

16:43:18

Paper-tape-punch 0 -- Shutdown Scheduled

OPR>
2-141

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
TAKE
3.

Specify a time for the TEST.CMD file to be executed.
OPR>TAKE DSK:TEST.CMD 20-NOV-88~12:00:00<RET>
OPR>-16:40:56
-- Event job TAKFIL queued, request

162--

OPR>
Display the event queue to check that the
properly queued.

TAKE

command

was

OPR>SHOW QUEUES EVENTS<RET>
OPR>-16:41:08
-- System Queues Listing -Event Queue:
Type
Req#
Expiration
----------------------BILCLS 24 19-Nov-88 16:59:59
USGFIL 44 19-Nov-88 23:59:30
OPRFIL 38 20-Nov-88 0:00:00
BILCLS 15 -20-Nov-88 7:59:59
TAKFIL 162 20-Nov-88 12:00:00
* KSYS 103 21-Nov-88 0:00:00

Description

-----------------------Prime time rates end
Usage file closure
ORION log file closure
Discount rates end
Time-of-day OPR command file
Timesharing will end

There are 6 events in the queue (1 in progress)
OPR>

2-142

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
UNLOCK
UNLOCK

Function
The UNLOCK command allows you to permit timesharing users and
batch jobs to access a particular structure currently LOCKed from
system allocation.
The UNLOCK command reverses the effect of the
LOCK command.
Format
OPR>UNLOCK structure-name:

date-and-time<RET>

Arguments
structure-name:

specifies a 1- to 4-character structure name
that
is
currently
LOCKed
from
system
allocation.
The structure must be mounted and
on-line.
The name must end with a colon (:).

date-and-time

specifies an optional date and time when the
structure will be UNLOCKed so that users can
access it.
The date is in the format of
"mm-dd-yy," where, mm is the month, dd is the
day, and yy is the year, separated by hyphens.
The time is in the format of "hh:mm," where hh
is the hour and mm is the minutes,
separated
by a colon.
The time applies to a 24-hour
clock.

Restrictions
If you specify a structure name not known to the system, you
the following error message:

get

? No such device

If you specify a structure name that is currently
get the following message:
hh:mm:ss

UNLOCKed,

you

-- Structure name already UNLOCKed

If you specify an optional date without a time, the time defaults
to 00:00:00 (or the start of that date) .
If you specify an optional time without a date, the date defaults
to the current date.
If the time has already occurred for the
current date, the time applies to the next day.

2-143

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
UNLOCK
Example

Use the UNLOCK command to unlock structure DSKZ:.
OPR>UNLOCK DSKZ: 3-7-88 17:00<RET>
OPR>
13:03:13
-- Structure DSKZ unlocked -OPR>

2-144

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS

UNRESTRICT
UNRESTRICT

Function

The UNRESTRICT command returns a restricted device to general
use.
See the RESTRICT command for information about limiting the
use of a device.
Format

OPR>UNRESTRICT dev:<RET>
Argument

dev:

specifies the name of
returned to general use.

the

device

Examp1e

Use the UNRESTRICT command to remove the restrictions on MTA3.
OPR>UNRESTRICT MTA3:<RET>
OPR>
16:29:24
-- Device MTA3: unrestricted -OPR>

2-145

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS
WAIT
WAIT

Function

The WAIT command is used with batch control files to prevent OPR
from accepting a command before a previously issued command is
finished being processed.
The OPR program is designed to accept and process commands
immediately,
and the batch system (BATCON) will send commands to
OPR as soon as the previous command is accepted.
Most OPR commands require processing by other modules of the
operating system.
OPR can accept a command, dispatch it to the
appropriate module, and accept another command from the batch
file before the output from the first command returns to OPR.
For example, it is possible for an EXIT command in the batch file
to be processed before the response to the previously issued
command is displayed.
The WAIT command should be entered between
the previous command and the EXIT command, to allow the first
command to finish processing before the EXIT command is sent .to
OPR.
Format

OPR>WAIT n
where n is the number of seconds that OPR should wait before
accepting the next command in the batch file.
The value of n
must be between 1 and 60.
Warning

Using the WAIT command does NOT guarantee that the output from
the first command will be successfully displayed before the EXIT
command is accepted and processed by OPR.
OPR will,
however,
WAIT the specified number of seconds, and the output from the
first command will be displayed if it is ready before the
specified number of seconds is up.
Example

The following batch file may be submitted to the batch system:
@ENABLE
$OPR
*SHOW STATUS TAPE-DRIVE
*EXIT
When this job is processed, the SHOW STATUS command is issued and
accepted by OPR, passed to ORION for processing, and then the
output is passed back through OPR to BATCON.
However, BATCON
will send the EXIT command immediately after OPR dispatches the
SHOW STATUS command. When OPR receives the EXIT command,
it
causes the batch job to exit from OPR immediately, before the
output from SHOW STATUS is received by OPR.

2-146

OPR COMMAND DESCRIPTIONS'

WAIT
The following batch file uses the WAIT command to cause OPR to WAIT
for the specified number of seconds before accepting the EXIT command:
@ENABLE
$OPR
*SHOW STATUS TAPE-DRIVE
*WAIT 10
*EXIT

2-147

CHAPTER 3
OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

This chapter describes the following OPR command subsets:

3.1

CATALOG

CONFIG

LCP

NCP

QUOTA

ENTERING AND EXITING OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

To enter an OPR command subset, use the OPR command, ENTER,
below.

shown

OPR>ENTER CATALOG<RET>
CATALOG>
To exit an OPR command subset and return to OPR command level, use the
RETURN command as shown below:
CATALOG>RETURN<RET>
OPR>
To exit an OPR command subset and return to monitor command level, use
the EXIT command as shown below:
CATALOG>EXIT<RET>

3-1

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
3.2

TOP-LEVEL COMMANDS

After you enter a command subset, there are two levels of commands
available to you:
a limited number of OPR commands, and the subset
commands themselves. All of the subsets include the following OPR
commands as top-level (OPR) commands:
o

ENTER

EXIT

PUSH

TAKE

WAIT

These commands function at the subset level exactly as they do at OPR
command level.
See Chapter 2 for more information about these
commands.

3-2

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

CATALOG COMMANDS
3 •3

CATALOG COMMANDS

The CATALOG program maintains the system catalog files and the
information about the volume-sets stored in those files.
The operator
interface to the CATALOG program is the CATALOG application in OPR.
System Administrator privileges are required.
This section describes the CATALOG commands listed below:
o

DELETE

DISABLE

ENABLE

HELP

INSERT

LIST

MODIFY

SHOW

3-3

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
DELETE

Function
The DELETE command removes the entry for a
from the system catalog.

specified

volume-set

Format
CATALOG>DELETE keyword argument<RET>
Keywords
DECTAPE

deletes the specified DECtape volume-set
the catalog.

from

MAGTAPE

deletes the specified magtape volume-set
the catalog.

from

STRUCTURE

deletes the specified
from the catalog.

structure

volume-set

Argument
volume-set name

specifies the name of the volume-set for
magtape or DECtape or structure-name for disk
to be deleted.

Restriction
Due to the destructive nature of the DELETE command,
you must
specify the entire volume-set or structure-name. Abbreviations
are not allowed.
Example
Delete the DSKD entry from the system catalog.
CATALOG>DELETE STRUCTURE DSKD<RET>
CATALOG>
9:24:27
-- Structure DSKD deleted -CATALOG>

3-4

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

CATALOG COMMANDS
DISABLE

Function

The DISABLE command turns off the automatic updating feature.
The DISABLE command prevents QUASAR from automatically updating
the catalog to correct discrepancies between mounted media and
cataloged information.
Format

CATALOG>DISABLE keyword<RET>
Keywords

DECTAPE

disables catalog updates for DECtapes.

MAGTAPE

disables catalog updates for magtapes.

STRUCTURE

disables catalog updates for structures.

Example

Disable the catalog updating function for structures.
CATALOG>DISABLE STRUCTURE<RET>
CATALOG>
9:24:27
-- Structure catalog updates disabled -CATALOG>

3-5

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
ENABLE

Function
The ENABLE command turns on the automatic catalog update feature.
When this feature is enabled, QUASAR automatically updates the
catalog to correct discrepancies between mounted media and
cataloged information.
Format
CATALOG>ENABLE keyword<RET>
Keywords
DECTAPE

enables
automatic
DECtapes.

catalog

updates

for

MAGTAPE

enables
automatic
magtapes.

catalog

updates

for

STRUCTURE

enables
automatic
structures.

catalog

updates

for

Example
Enable the automatic catalog updating feature for structures.
CATALOG>ENABLE STRUCTURE<RET>
CATALOG>
9:24:27
-- Structure catalog updates enabled -CATALOG>

3-6

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

CATALOG COMMANDS
HELP

Function

The HELP command displays information about CATALOG commands,
including command descriptions, command syntax, and examples.
Format

CATALOG>HELP keyword <RET>
where "keyword" is any CATALOG command.
Examples

Type HELP to display general information
command, HELP.

about

the

CATALOG

CATALOG>HELP<RET>
The HELP command will display the description,
syntax,
and
one or more examples of any command available for use in
managing the catalog files.
Command syntax:
HELP command-name
Example:
CATALOG>HELP (with) SHOW
The SHOW command-causes information about
2.

Type HELP SHOW to find out more about the SHOW command.
CATALOG>HELP SHOW<RET>
The SHOW command causes information about
a
specific
volume-set
to
be
displayed on the terminal.
Unique
abbreviations for a volume-set name are allowed.
This
command takes no options.
Its only arguments are the catalog
type (DECtape, magtape, or structure) and the volume-set name
to be displayed on the terminal.
Command syntax:
DECTAPE
SHOW

/
\

MAGTAPE
- STRUCTURE -

3-7

\
/

volume-set

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS

Example:
CATALOG>SHOW STRUCTURE DSKD<RET>
CATALOG>-9:24:27
-- Structure catalog
Structure DSKD
Owned by [10,56]
DPM
Location: DPM's office
Unit
Type
Class
DSKDO
DSKD1
DSKD2

RP06
RP04
RP06

CATALOG>

3-8

1
1
1

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
INSERT

Function
The INSERT command creates entries for volume-sets in the system
catalog.
The INSERT command allows you to include owner and
media storage location data, as well as volume-specific data,
if
applicable.
The INSERT command has optional subcommands as well as
and switches.
Two right angle brackets following
CATALOG indicate INSERT subcommand level. For example:

keywords
the word

CATALOG»
Format
CATALOG>INSERT keyword argument/switches<RET>
CATALOG»subcommand
Keywords
DECTAPE

creates an entry for a DECtape volume-set.

MAGTAPE

creates an entry for a magtape volume-set.

STRUCTURE

creates an entry for a structure volume set.

Argument
volume-set name

creates a new volume-set entry with the name
you specify.
Note that the new volume-set
name must not already exist in the specified
catalog.
Attempting to insert an existing
volume-set causes an error.
Use the following format to create a new
volume-set with the same parameters as an old
volume-set:
new-volume-set

old-volume-set

Switches
/DENSITY:argument

sets the magtape density to 200,
556,
800,
1600, or 6250. You must specify /DENSITY when
creating magtape volume-sets.
(MAGTAPE only)

/EXPIRATION:date

sets the expiration date.
and STRUCTURE)

/LABEL-TYPE:type

specifies the type of label on the, tape.
Options include ANSI, BYPASS, DEFAULT, IBM,
NOLABELS, USER-EOT.
(MAGTAPE only)

3-9

(MAGTAPE,

DECTAPE,

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
/LOCATION:text

specifies the volume-set storage location.
The text string can be 19 characters long.
Use quotes around any text
string
that
contains characters other than A-Z, a-z, or (hyphen) .
(MAGTAPE, DECTAPE, and STRUCTURE)

/NAME:user name

specifies the user name associated with the
owner of the volume-set.
The name can be 39
characters long.
The name need not be the
same as the name associated with the PPN in
ACTDAE.SYS, the system accounting file.
You
must use quotes around any text string that
contains characters other than A-Z, a-z, or
(hyphen).
(MAGTAPE, DECTAPE,and STRUCTURE)

/REELID:id

specifies the reel
only)

ITRACKS:argument

sets the number of tracks. Arguments are 7 or
9.
If the tape density you specify is 1600 or
6250 BPI, then 9 is the default number of
tracks.
The I TRACKS switch applies only to
magtape volume-sets.
You must specify the
number of tracks when you specify any of these
tape densities:
200,
556,
or
800
BPI.
(MAGTAPE only)

IUSER: [PPN]

sets the owner PPN of the volume-set.
You can
specify a wildcard for the PPN.
You can
specify a wildcard for the project number, the
programmer number,
or both.
For example:
[10, *], [* , 56] and [*, *] .
(MAGTAPE,
DECTAPE,
and STRUCTURE)

identification.

(DECTAPE

Subcommands
ADD

appends volumes to a volume set entry.
Magtape format:
CATALOG»ADD reel-id
Structure format:
CATALOG»ADD unit-id drive-type class

DONE

completes an INSERT session.

QUIT

cancels the current INSERT command.

REMOVE

deletes a volume-set entry you have just
entered with the ADD command.
The REMOVE
command only deletes volume-set entries you
have
entered
during
the current INSERT
session.
You must use the DELETE command to
delete previously existing volume-set entries.

3-10

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS

Examples
1.

The following example uses the INSERT command to create a DECtape
entry.

CATALOG>INSERT DECTAPE TEST/NAME:DPM/USER: [10,56]<RET>
CATALOG>
9:24:27
DECtape TEST inserted -CATALOG>
2.

The following example uses the INSERT command to create a magtape
entry.
!

CATALOG>INSERT MAGTAPE TEST/DENSITY:1600/TRACKS:9<RET>
CATALOG»ADD (reel) TESTO
CATALOG»ADD (reel) TEST1
CATALOG»DONE
CATALOG>
9:24:27
-- Magtape TEST inserted -CATALOG>
3.

The following example
structure entry.

uses

the

INSERT

command

create

CATALOG>INSERT STRUCTURE DSKD/LOCATION:1026/NAME:DPM/USER: [lO,56]<RET>
CATALOG»ADD (unit) DSKDO (type) RP06 (class) 1
CATALOG»ADD (unit) DSKD1 (type) RP06 (class) T
CATALOG»DONE
CATALOG>
9:24:27
Structure DSKD inserted
CATALOG>

3-11

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
LIST

Function
The LIST command writes the entries for all volume-sets
catalog file.
(Use SHOW to list them on your screen.)

into

Format
CATALOG>LIST keyword filespec<RET>

Keywords
DECTAPE

lists DECtape volume-set entries.

MAGTAPE

lists magtape volume-set entries.

STRUCTURE

lists structure volume-set entries.
filespec is in the following form:
dev:file.ext[path]
and has the following defaults:
dev:
file
ext
path

DSK
catalog file name
LST
current path

Example
The following example illustrates the LIST command.
CATALOG>LIST STRUCTURE<RET>
CATALOG>-9:24:27
-- Structures listed to file DSKB:STRLST.LST[1,2] -CATALOG>

3-12

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
MODIFY

Function
The MODIFY command changes the volume-set attributes
specific information for an existing catalog entry.

and

volume

The MODIFY command has optional subcommands as well as keywords
and switches.
Two right angle brackets represent the CATALOG
subcommand prompt. For example:
CATALOG»
Format
CATALOG>MODIFY keyword argument/switches optional subcommand<RET>
Keywords
DECTAPE

modifies a DECtape volume-set entry.

MAGTAPE

modifies a magtape volume-set entry.

STRUCTURE

modifies a disk structure volume set entry.

Argument
volume-set name

modifies the existing
you specify.

volume-set

entry

that

Switches
/DENSITY:argument

sets the magtape density to 200,
556,
800,
1600, or 6250.
You must specify /DENSITY when
creating magtape "Volume-sets.
(MAGTAPE only)

/EXPIRATION:date

sets
the
expiration
DECTAPE,and STRUCTURE)

/LOCATION:text

specifies the volume-set storage location.
The text string can be 19 characters long.
Use quotes around any text
string
that
contains characters other than A-Z, a-z or (hyphen).
(MAGTAPE, DECTAPE,and STRUCTURE)

/NAME:user name

specifies the name associated with the owner
of
the volume-set.
The name can be 39
characters long.
The name need not be the
same as the name associated with the PPN in
ACTDAE.SYS, the system accounting file.
You
must use quotes around any text string that
contains characters other than A-Z, a-z, or
(hyphen).
(MAGTAPE, DECTAPE,and STRUCTURE)

/REELID:DECtape

specifies the reel
only)

3-13

date.

identification.

(MAGTAPE,

(DECTAPE

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
a magtape volume
tape density you
then 9 is the
You must specify
specify any of
556, or 800 BPI.

ITRACKS:argument

sets the number of tracks for
set to 7 or 9.
If the
specify is 1600 or 6250 BPI,
default number of tracks.
the number of tracks when you
these tape densities:
200,
(MAGTAPE only)

IUSER: [PPN]

sets the owner PPN of the volume-set.
You can
specify a wildcard for the project number, the
programmer number,
or both.
For example:
[10, *] ,
[* ,56]
and
[* , *] .
(MAGTAPE,
DECTAPE,and STRUCTURE)

Subcommands
ADD

appends volumes to a volume set entry.
Magtape format:
CATALOG»ADD reel-id
Structure format:
CATALOG»ADD unit-id drive-type class

DONE

completes an insertion command.

QUIT

cancels the current INSERT command.

REMOVE

deletes a volume-set entry you have just
entered with the ADD command.
The REMOVE
command deletes only volume-sets you have
entered during the current insertion.
Use the
DELETE command to delete previously existing
volume-sets.

Restrictions
Due to the destructive nature of the MODIFY command,
you must
specify the entire volume-set name.
Abbreviations are not
allowed.
Examples
1.

Use the MODIFY command to change
date.

the

volume-set

expiration

CATALOG>MODIFY MAGTAPE TEST/EXPIRATION:15-JAN-89<RET>
CATALOG»DONE
CATALOG>
13:21:26
-- Magtape TEST modified -CATALOG>

3-14

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS

Use the MODIFY
volume-set.

command

add

second

tape

CATALOG>MODIFY MAGTAPE TEST<RET>
CATALOG»ADD TEST2
CATALOG»DONE
CATALOG>
13:23:12
-- Magtape TEST modified -CATALOG>

3-15

the

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
RETURN

Function
The RETURN command exits the CATALOG command subset
you to OPR command level.
Format
CATALOG>RETURN<RET>
OPR>

3-16

and

returns

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS
SHOW

Function
The SHOW command
volume-set.

displays

information

about

specified

Format
CATALOG>SHOW keyword argument<RET>
Keywords
DECTAPE

displays
sets.

information

about

DECtape

volume-

MAGTAPE

displays
sets.

information

about

magtape

volume-

STRUCTURE

displays information about
sets.

structure

volume-

Argument
volume-set name

displays information about the volume-set you
specify.
You can use a unique abbreviation
for the volume-set name.

Examples
1.

Use the SHOW command to display information
DSKT.

about

CATALOG>SHOW STRUCTURE DSKT<RET>
CATALOG>
16:42:24

-- Structure catalog -Structure DSKT
Location: Mounted on 1026
Owned by [1,2]
System disk
Unit
Type
Class
DSKTO
DSKT1

RA81
RA81

CATALOG>

3-17

structure

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CATALOG COMMANDS

Use the SHOW command to
volume-set TEST.

display

information

CATALOG>SHOW MAGTAPE TEST<RET>
CATALOG>
-- Magtape catalog -16:14:46
Magtape TEST
Location: By 1026 racks
Expiration date: 15-Jan-89
Owned by [10,6016] DZIEDZIC
Label type: ANSI Tracks: 9 Density: 1600
Number Reelid
1
2
3

TESTO
TEST1
TEST2

CATALOG>

3-18

about

magtape

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
3.4

CONFIG COMMANDS

CONFIG allows you to reconfigure system hardware without halting the
system.
CONFIG,
formerly a separate program, is now part of OPR.
This section describes the CONFIG commands listed below:
0

ADD

AUTO-CONFIGURE

HELP

LOAD

REMOVE

SET

SHOW

SHUTDOWN

SNAPSHOT

SUSPEND
NOTE
The keywords for the ADD, AUTO-CONFIGURE,
and REMOVE
commands depend on the options available on your
system.
If you press? to display keywords,
CONFIG
displays only the keywords that apply to your system.

See the TOPS-IO Operator's Guide for more information about CONFIG.

3-19

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
ADD

Function
The ADD command adds the following to the system:
o

devices

disk controllers

tape controllers

(Computer Interconnect) interface

(Network Interconnect) interface

CPUs (see restriction)

memory (see restriction)

Format
CONFIG>ADD keyword argument<RET>
Keywords
ALL-CI

adds all CI interfaces.

ALL-NI

adds all NI interfaces.

CPUn

adds the specified CPU to the
the CPU number.

Rxy

adds the specified disk controller to the
system.
x and y identify the disk controller.

MTx

adds the specified tape controller to the
system.
x identifies the tape controller.

CI-n

adds the specified CI interface to the system.
n is the interface number.
If you have more
than one CI interface,
the keyword
list
includes ALL-CI as an option.

NI-n

adds the specified NI interface to the system.
n is the interface number.
If you have more
than one NI interface,
the keyword
list
includes ALL-NI as an option.

device

specifies the device being added.

3-20

system.

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS

MEMORY nn to nn

adds the specified range of memory to the
total system configuration.
You can specify
the range as octal or decimal. To specify an
octal address, include a pound sign (t) before
the number.
For example,
tnn
nn

specifies an octal address
specifies a decimal address

The default unit of memory is words,
however,
you can specify the memory unit in pages or
kilowords (blocks of 1024 words).
To specify
pages,
add the letter "P" to the number.
Include the letter "K" to the number to
specify kilowords.
For example,
nnP specifies pages
nnK specifies kilowords
Restriction

To add processors and memory to an SMP system you must follow, in
sequence, the procedural steps outlined in the TOPS-10 Operator's
Guide
(Section 11.17, Adding Processors and Memory to SMP
Systems) .
Examples

Use the ADD command to add CPU1 to the system.
CONFIG>ADD CPU1<RET>
CONFIG>-15:06:13
CONFIG
CPU1 added
CONFIG>

-- ADD CPU --

Use the ADD command to increase total system memory from 512K
to 768K.
CONFIG>ADD MEMORY (from) 512K (to) 768K<RET>
CONFIG>-16:18:18
CONFIG -- ADD MEMORY -Memory from address 512K to 768K is now online
(Words from 2000000 to 3000000)
CONFIG>

3-21

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
3.

Use the ADD command with?

to list devices you can add.

CONFIG>ADD ?<RET>one of the following:
CPUO CPUl CPU2
or one of the following:
~G

or one of the following:
MTA MTB MTC
or one of the following:
ALL-CI CI-O CI-l CI-2
or one of the following:
ALL-NI NI-O NI-l NI-2
or MEMORY
or device name
CONFIG>ADD

3-22

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
ALLOCATE DUMP-BUFFER

Function

The ALLOCATE DUMP-BUFFER command allocates memory so that the
IPA20 DRAM can be dumped to the system error log file when the
specified interface device reloads.
The IPA20 is the microprocessor controlling the
interfaces.

CI20

and

NIA20

the

monitor

for

Format

CONFIG>ALLOCATE DUMP-BUFFER keyword<RET>
Keywords

CI-n

specifies a CI20
interface number.

ALL-CI

specifies all CI20 interfaces.

NI-n

specifies an NIA20
interface number.

ALL-NI

specifies all NIA20 interfaces.

interface.

Example

Use the ALLOCATE command to allocate memory in
the dump from the CI20 interface for CPUI.

the

CONFIG>ALLOCATE DUMP-BUFFER CI-I<RET>
CONFIG>
10:18:45
CONFIG
ALLOCATE DUMP-BUFFER
Dump buffer allocated for KLP1
CONFIG>

3-23

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
AUTO-CONFIGURE

Function

The AUTO-CONFIGURE command automatically configures disks and
tapes into the system.
Use this command to configure devices
that were powered-off when the system was first bootstrapped.
Format

CONFIG>AUTO-CONFIGURE keyword <RET>
Keywords

ALL-CPUs

automatically configures disks and
all available CPUs into the system.

tapes

CPUn

automatically configures all disks and tapes
on the specified CPU into the system.
n is
the CPU number.

Example

Use the AUTO-CONFIGURE command to configure all disks
on CPU1 into the system.
CONFIG>AUTO-CONFIGURE CPU1<RET>
CONFIG>
10:45:18
CONFIG -- AUTOCONFIGURE·
CONFIG>

3-24

and

tapes

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
LOAD

Function
The LOAD conunand loads
devices:

microcode

for

the

disk controllers

tape controllers

(Computer Interconnect) interface

(Network Interconnect) interface

following

types

Format
CONFIG>LOAD keyword argument<RET>

Keywords
Rxy

loads microcode
controller.
x
controller.

MTx

loads microcode
on
the
specified
tape
controller.
x identifies the tape controller.

CI-n

loads microcode on the specified CI interface.
n is the interface number.

NI-n

loads microcode on the specified NI interface.
n is the interface number.

on
and

the
specified
y identify the

disk
disk

Examples
1.

Use the LOAD conunand to load microcode on CI interface O.
CONFIG>LOAD CI-O<RET>
CONFIG>-16:55:39
CONFIG -- LOAD microcode -Microcode loaded on CPUO, device 574, unit 0
CONFIG>

USE the LOAD conunand to load
MTA.

microcode

CONFIG>LOAD MTA
CONFIG>-16:56:23
CONFIG -- LOAD microcode -Microcode loaded on CPUO, device 554, unit O.
CONFIG>

3-25

tape

controller

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
REMOVE

Function
The REMOVE command removes the following devices from the system:
o

devices

disk controllers

tape controllers

(Computer Interconnect) interface

(Network Interconnect) interface

CPUs

memory

Format
CONFIG>REMOVE keyword argument<RET>

Keywords
ALL-CI

removes all CI interfaces.

ALL-NI

removes all NI interfaces.

CPUn

removes the specified
is the CPU number.

CPU

from

the

system.

Rxy

removes the specified disk controller from the
system.
xy
is
the
disk
controller
identification.

MTx

removes the specified tape controller from the
system.
x
is
the
tape
controller
identification.

CI-n

removes the specified CI interface from the
system.
n
is the interface number.
If you
have more than one CI interface,
the keyword
list includes ALL-CI as an option.

NI-n

removes the specified NI interface from the
system.
n is the NI interface number.
If you
have more than one NI interface,
the keyword
list inclues ALL-NI as an option.

device

specifies the device being removed.

3-26

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
MEMORY nn to nn

removes the specified range of memory from the
total system configuration. You can specify
the range as octal or decimal.
To specify an
octal address, include a pound sign (#) before
the number. For example,
#nn
nn

specifies an octal address
specifies a decimal address

The default unit of memory is words,
however,
you can specify the memory unit in pages or
kilowords (blocks of 1024 words).
To specify
pages,
add the letter "P" to the number.
Include the letter "K" to the number to
specify kilowords. For example,
nnP specifies pages
nnK specifies kilowords
Examples
1.

Use the REMOVE command to remove CPU1 from the system.
CONFIG>REMOVE CPU1<RET>
CONFIG>
16:56:58
CONFIG -- REMOVE CPU -The following structures must be dismounted:
BLKY on RPGO
CPU1 can't be removed
CONFIG>
Use the DISMOUNT command to dismount
BLKY and reissue the REMOVE command.

and

remove

structure

Use the REMOVE command to remove memory from 768K to 512K.
CONFIG>REMOVE MEMORY 768K 512K<RET>
CONFIG>
16:57:56
CONFIG -- REMOVE MEMORY
Memory from address 512K to 768K is now offline
(Words from 2000000 to 3000000)
CONFIG>

3-27

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
RETURN

Function

The RETURN command exits the CONFIG command
you to OPR command level.
Format

CONFIG>RETURN<RET>
OPR>

3-28

subset

and

returns

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
SET

Function

The SET command allows you to do the following:
o

specify KLINIK parameters

enable and disable automatic reloading of the
certain stopcodes

specify the BOOT-TEXT command string

enable and disable continuable dumps after certain stopcodes

monitor

after

Format

CONFIG>SET keyword arguments<RET>
Keywords

AUTO-RELOAD

automatically reloads the monitor
monitor crashes or has been down.

after

the

BOOT-TEXT

specifies the BOOT-TEXT command string.
The
BOOT-TEXT command string is the command string
passed to the bootstrap on an
automatic
monitor reload.

DUMP

causes the monitor to take continuable
after the specified stopcodes.

IGNORE argument

causes the monitor device service routine to
ignore on-line interrupts from the specified
device until you
enter
a
SET NO IGNORE
command.

KLINIK

sets KLINIK parameters for the specified CPU.
If you do not specify a CPU, SET KLINIK sets
the parameters for all CPUs.
This keyword has
a subcommand level, described below.

MICROCODE

enables automatic reload of microcode.

dumps

NO
AUTO-RELOAD

disables automatic reload of the monitor.
When NO AUTO-RELOAD is in effect, BOOT prompts
you for reloading commands.

DUMP

clears the current
continuable dumps.

IGNORE

disables ignoring on-line interrupts.

MICROCODE

disables automatic reload of microcode.

RELOAD

disables reloading of the monitor
specified type of stopcode.
3-29

stopcode

settings

after

for

the

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS

POLICY-CPU

sets the policy CPU to be CPUn.

RELOAD

enables reloading of the monitor
specified type of stopcode.

after

the

BOOT-TEXT Argument
command-string specifies the command string
passed
to the bootstrap on an automatic
monitor
reload.
Because
the
bootstrap
interprets
a
space as an end-of-command
character, you can specify multiple commands
on the same line by separating the commands
with spaces.
The command string starts with
the first non-space,non-tab character ~fter
the keyword "BOOT-TEXT",
and ends when you
press <RET>.
NOTE
The bootstrap does not automatically
dump
the memory image unless you
specify the /D bootstrap command as
the first element of the argument.
DUMP, NO DUMP, RELOAD, and NO RELOAD Arguments
CPU-STOPCODES control dump-writing when CPU
occur.

type

stopcodes

DEBUG-STOPCODES
control dump-writing when DEBUG type stopcodes
occur.
JOB-STOPCODES control dump-writing when JOB
occur.

type

stopcodes

KLINIK Arguments
ALL-CPUs

sets KLINIK parameters for all CPUs.
the default.

CPUn

sets KLINIK parameters for the specified CPU.

Press RETURN to enter KLINIK subcommand level.
KLINIK
for the mode to set the KLINIK link. For example:
OPR>SET KLINIK<RET>
KLINIK link:

3-30

This

prompts

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
You must supply one of the following:
OFF

shuts off the KLINIK links currently open.

REMOTE

specifies the link will act as a remote system
CTY.

USER

specifies the
link
will
timesharing user status.

If you type USER, you must specify the date
link is available.
For example:

and

have

ordinary

time

when

the

KLINIK mode:
USER<RET>
Access window OPEN date-time:
DATE: TIME
Access window CLOSED date-time:
DATE: TIME
CONFIG>
If you press RETURN to the OPEN prompt, the default is now.
date and time format is:
DD-MMM-YY:HH:MM:SS

The

If you type REMOTE,. you must specify a password, open and close
date-times,
and the console mode accessible to the user of the
link.
For example:
KLINIK mode:
REMOTE<RET>
Password: <RET>
Access window OPEN date-time:
DATE: TIME
Access window CLOSED date-time:
DATE: TIME
Highest console mode:<RET>
CONFIG>
The console mode can be one of the following:
MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR
PROGRAMMER
If you press
OPERATOR.

RETURN

the

console

prompt,

the

default

The state of the KLINIK link is reported by OPR after any
changes.
For more information' about KLINIK links and the console
modes, refer to the TOPS-10/20 RSX-20F System Reference Manual.
MICROCODE and NO MICROCODE arguments:
Rxy

controls reloading microcode on specified CPU.

MTx

controls
Magtape.

CI-n

controls reloading microcode on specified CI.

NI-n

controls reloading microcode on specified NI.

reloading

3-31

microcode

specified

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
Examples
1.

Use the SET command to specify a BOOT-TEXT command
that dumps the memory image and reloads the monitor.

string

CONFIG>SET BOOT-TEXT /D DSKA:SYSTEM.EXE[I,4]<RET>
CONFIG>--14:32:55
CONFIG -- SET BOOTXT
Boot-text setting accepted. New boot string is:
/D DSKA:SYSTEM.EXE[I,4]
CONFIG>
2.

Use the SET NO AUTO-RELOAD
reload of the monitor.

command

CONFIG>SET NO AUTO-RELOAD<RET>
CONFIG>--- -15:16:07
CONFIG
SET AUTO-RELOAD
Automatic system reload is disabled
CONFIG>

3-32

disable

au·tomatic

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMJ:.1ANDS
SHOW

Function

The SHOW command displays information about the current KLINIK
and STOPCODE-FLAGS settings.
See the SET command for more
information about KLINIK and STOPCODE-FLAG settings.
Format

CONFIG>SHOW keyword<RET>
Keywords

BOOT-TEXT

displays the BOOT-TEXT command string.
The
BOOT-TEXT command string is the command string
passed to the bootstrap on an
automatic
monitor reload.

HARDWARE-CONFIGURATION
displays information about currently active
CPUs, and monitor memory, physical memory, and
CI configurations.
KLINIK

displays information about the current
window settings.

KLINIK

STOPCODE-FLAGS

displays
information
stopcode flag settings.

the

current

displays information about the CI
Interconnect) configuration only.

(Computer

about

Switches for HARDWARE-CONFIGURATION only

/CI

/CONTROLLER-MICROCODES
displays information
microcodes only.

about

the

controller

/CPU

displays information about
only.

CPU

configuration

/DISK

displays information about disk
only.

configuration

/DTE

displays
information
configuration only.

/MONITOR-MEMORY

displays information
configuration only.

about

monitor

/NI

displays information
configuration only.

about

/TAPE

displays information
configuration only.

about

magnetic

3-33

about

the

DTE
memory

(Ethernet)
tape

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
/UNIT-RECORD

displays information about unit record
(card-reader) configuration only.

device

Examples
1.

Use the SHOW command to display information about the current
KLINIK window settings.
CONFIG>SHOW KLINIK<RET>
CONFIG>-11:11:26
CONFIG -- KLINIK Status --- CPUO KLINIK Status
Access window open
Window opened on 07-Jan-88 at 10:50:02
Window closes on 16-Feb-89 at 23:59:58
KLINIK mode: REMOTE
Console mode: MAINTENANCE
-- CPU1 KLINIK Status
Access window closed
-- CPU2 KLINIK Status
Access window closed
CONFIG>

Use the SHOW command to display information about the current
stopcode flag settings.
CONFIG>SHOW STOPCODE-FLAGS<RET>
CONFIG>-11:17:43
CONFIG
SHOW STOPCODE-FLAGS -System will do continuable dumps on CPU, DEBUG, and JOB stopcodes
System will reload on STOP stopcodes
CONFIG>

3-34

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
SHUTDOWN

Function

The SHUTDOWN command takes the monitor down with a reload
(RLD)
stopcode, and reloads the monitor.
You must supply a single-line
reason for the reload when you use the SHUTDOWN command.
CONFIG
stores the address of the reason string in AC O.
The reason for
the dump can later be determined by examining user AC O.
NOTE
To prevent accidental use of
the
SHUTDOWN
command,
OPR does not permit you to abbreviate
the command, or to press <ESC> to complete the
command.
Format

CONFIG>SHUTDOWN reason<RET>
Example

Use the SHUTDOWN command to take down the monitor to clear a hung
tape system.
CONFIG>SHUTDOWN CLEAR HUNG TAPE SYSTEM<RET>

3-35

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
SNAPSHOT

Function
The SNAPSHOT command executes a stopcode, dumps the system memory
image, and continues the system automatically.
You must supply a single-line reason for the snapshot when you
use the SNAPSHOT command.
CONFIG stores the address of the
reason string in AC O.
The reason for the dump can later be
determined by examining user AC O.
NOTE
To prevent accidental use of
the
SNAPSHOT
command,
OPR does not permit you to abbreviate
the command, or to press <ESC> to complete the
command.

Format
CONFIG>SNAPSHOT reason<RET>

Example
Use the SNAPSHOT command to obtain a dump of
image.
CONFIG>SNAPSHOT SYSTEM HUNG<RET>
CONFIG>
17:00:33
CONFIG -- SNAPSHOT
CONFIG>

3-36

the

system

memory

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
SUSPEND

Function

The SUSPEND command suspends system operation and writes a system
dump file.
You can later reload the dump file with the
BOOT/REBOOT switch and continue the system. You must supply a
single-line reason for suspending the system when you use the
SUSPEND command. CONFIG stores the address of the reason string
in AC O.
The reason for the dump can later be determined by
examining user AC O.
You must perform all logical software
reconfiguration that is needed before a system is suspended.
To record system configuration before suspension, you can use the
SHOW HARDWARE-CONFIGURATION command. Then use SUSPEND to suspend
system operations.
NOTE
To prevent accidental use of the SUSPEND command,
OPR does not permit you to abbreviate the command
or to press <ESC> to complete the command.
See the TOPS-10
SUSPEND.

Operator's

Guide

for

information

indicating

the

"reason"

about

Foz:mat

CONFIG>SUSPEND reason<RET>
You must supply
suspension.

text

string

for

the

Examples

Suspend system
maintenance.

operation

order

1. Display
the
current
configuration
HARDWARE-CONFIGURATION command.

perform
using

corrective
the

CONFIG>SHOW HARDWARE-CONFIGURATION
CONFIG>-14:24:24
CONFIG -- SHOW HARDWARE-CONFIGURATION -CPU Configuration
CPUO is running and scheduling jobs
KL10 model B serial number 1026, microcode version 442
Hardware options:
MCA25 cache/pager Extended addressing Internal channels
Cache
Cache status: Enabled
Internal channels:
0: RH20
1: RH20
2: RH20
3: N/C
4: N/C
5: NIA20
6: N/C
7: CI20

3-37

SHOW

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
DTE configuration:
DTEO: up CFE running RSX20F version VA15-50
Reload enable: ON Retry enable: ON Fault-continuation: ON
DTE1: up DN60 running DN60
DTE2: up DN87S running ANF10 node NOVA(31)
DTE3: down
CFE UNIBUS Configuration:
CSR
Device
CSR
Associated Device
172100
177340
176700

MF11-UP Mem Parity
TC11 DECtape Control
RH11 Disk Control

Monitor Memory Configuration
Monitor configured for 4096P (2048K) of physical memory
Controller Microcodes
Controller
Version
DX10/TX01
15 (0)
DX20/TX02
10 (74)
3 (1)
DX20/RP20
CI20
1A (733)
NIA20
1(172)
CI Configuration
Node
S/W type

S/W vers

H/W type

00 (KL-1026)
T-10
0703
02 (KI.J-1322)
T-10
0703
06 (HSC006)
HSC
V350
09 (HSC009)
HSC
V350
11 (KL-1042)
T-10
0703
T-10
13 (KL-2476)
0703
NI Configuration
Chan/Kont
State
E-net Address
ETH-O
Online
NI-O
Online
NI-1
Online
NI-2
Online
Disk Configuration
Drive
Type Str
RAJ 1
RAG 1
RPEO

RA81
RA81
RP06

1322

AA-00-04-00-6E-1C
AA-00-03-03-00-13
AA-00-03-03-00-87
08-00-2B-00-13-BC
Volume

13220

Tape Configuration
Drive
Type
Volume
MTA260
MTA261
MTA262

TU70
TU70
TU70

KL10
KL10
HS50
HS50
KL10
KL10

CPU(s)

Controller

012

HSC-9
HSC-6
RH20-0

(540)

CPU(s)

Controller(s)

o
o

DX10-0 (220)
DX10-0 (220)
DX10-0 (220)

3-38

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
DECtape configuration
Device CPU
DTA260
0
DTA261
0
DTA262
0
DTA263
0
Unit Record Device Configuration
Card reader configuration:
Device CPU
2
CDR260
Line printer configuration:
Device CPU Type
Status
LPT260

LPI00

Online

2. SUSPEND the system.
CONFIG>SUSPEND FIX MEMORY<RET>
;;SYSTEM:

- Expect an interruption of service

;;SYSTEM:
- Suspending system operation
[Suspending system on DSKF:CRASH.EXE[1,4]]
[System suspended]

The system is suspended.
All other CPUs in an SMP
system
should
now
be
HALTed.
Note that SMP systems must
be REBOOTed on the CPU
that was the policy CPU
when
the
system
was
suspended.

RSX-20F VE##-## 8:57 26-Mar-86

RSX-20F
version
and
creation time and date.

[SYO:
redirected to DBO:]
[DBO: mounted]
KLI
VERSION VA##-## RUNNING
KLI
KLI0 SIN:
2996., MODEL B,
KLI -- KLI0 HARDWARE ENVIRONMENT
MCA25 CACHE PAGER
MOS MASTER OSCILLATOR
EXTENDED ADDRESSING
INTERNAL CHANNELS
CACHE

DBO:
is the system device
for the RSX-20F tasks.
KLINIT prints this
and
the following lines.

KLI
KLI
KLI
KLI

60 HERTZ

PAGE TABLE SELECTED:
BOTH
MICROCODE VERSION #.#[###] LOADED
ALL CACHES ENABLED
% MOS MEMORY IS ALREADY CONFIGURED

LOGICAL MEMORY CONFIGURATION
ADDRESS SIZE INT TYPE CONTROLLER
00000000 768K 4 MF20 10
03000000 768K 4 MF20 11

3-39

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
CONFIG COMMANDS
KLI -- CONFIGURATION FILE WRITTEN
KLI -- BOOTSTRAP LOADED AND STARTED
BOOT vi <II)
BOOT>/REBOOT<RET>

[Reloading from DSKF:CRASH.EXE[l,4]]
Date:3-Sep-88

Time:1150
CONFIG>
;;SYSTEM:

- System resumed

CONFIG>

3-40

KLINIT has
loaded
started BOOT.
BOOT version number.

and

Type /REBOOT and
press
RETURN
to
reload
the
default monitor from the
file DSKF:CRASH.EXE[l,4].
BOOT is now reloading the
monitor.
Before answering the date
prompt,
start other SMP
system CPUs using the JUMP
400 PARSER command.

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
3.5

LCP COMMANDS

The LAT Control Program (LCP) allows you to control
activity. For example, LCP commands:
o

Clear LAT parameters.

Set LAT parameters.

Show the current parameters,
and server information.

Change various counter settings to zero.

terminal

and

connections,

This section describes the keywords, arguments, and
LCP commands listed below.
o

CLEAR

SET

SHOW

START

STOP

ZERO

See the TOPS-IO Operator's
controlling LAT devices.

Guide

for

switches

information

For more information about LAT architecture, and LAT
configuration
guidelines,
see
the Local Area
Architecture Network Manager's Guide.

3-41

monitor

LAT

counter

the

about

Terminal Server
Transport
(LAT)

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
CLEAR

Function
The CLEAR command resets parameters specified with the SET
command. Note that you cannot clear parameters for NODE-NAME, or
host NUMBER.
See the SET command for more information about
these parameters.

Format
LCP>CLEAR keyword argument<RET>

Keywords
GROUPS

clears the current GROUPS setting.
You can
clear the current setting for single groups or
a range of groups.
For example:
CLEAR GROUPS n
CLEAR GROUPS n:m

IDENTIFICATION

clears all additional
information.

host

identification

MAXIMUM
ACTIVE-CIRCUITS
changes to
10
the
maximum
number
active-circuits that can exist at a node.
SESSIONS

resets the maximum number of active
LAT
terminals allowed to connect to the local
host.
The reset value defaults to the number
of remote terminals you specify in the NETGEN
section of the MONGEN dialog.
See the TOPS-10
Software
Installation
Guide
for
more
information about MONGEN.

MULTICAST-TIMER

clears the current number of seconds set for
the multicast timer, and sets the new number
to 30 seconds.
The multicast timer specifies
the interval at which a host will transmit a
multicast message announcing the availability
of the LAT Terminal Service.

NUMBER

specifies a unique host identification number.

3-42

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
RETRANSMIT
TIMER

resets
the
retransmit
timer
to
1000
milliseconds.
The retransmit timer specifies
number of milliseconds
before
the
host
retransmits any unacknowledged messages to the
server.

LIMIT

resets to 60 the number of times that a LAT
host retransmits any unacknowledged messages
to the server.
After the
last
message
transmission,
the host detaches all
jobs
associated with the virtual circuit.

SERVICE-NAME service-name
clears the types of services that a host
offers to terminal users at a LAT server.
The
CLEAR SERVICE-NAME command also clears any
RATING
or
additional
identification
information associated with the service name.
Arguments
nn

specifies a number from 0 to 255.

n:m

specifies a range of numbers from 0 to 255.

text

specifies a text string.

service-name

specifies
a
SERVICE-NAME.

service

name

for

CLEAR

Examples
1.

Use the CLEAR command to clear the current GROUPS setting for
all groups in the range of 30 to 40 and for group 53.
LCP>CLEAR GROUPS 30:40,53<RET>
LCP>
9:24:47
LCP
-- Clear Accepted -LCP>

Use the CLEAR command to reset the maximum number of
LAT terminals allowed to connect to the local host.
LCP>CLEAR MAXIMUM SESSIONS<RET>
LCP>
9:25:15
LCP
-- Clear Accepted -LCP>

3-43

active

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
RETURN

Function

The RETURN command exits the LCP command subset and
to OPR command level.
Format

LCP>RETURN<RET>
OPR>

3-44

returns

you

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
SET

Function
The SET command specifies various LCP parameters. You can clear
the current settings for all of the following parameters except
host NUMBER.
See the CLEAR command for information about
clearing current settings.
Format
LCP>SET keyword argument /switch<RET>
Keywords
GROUPS

specifies a range of group numbers,
or a
single group number.
You can specify any
combination of ranges or single
numbers,
separated by commas. For example:
SET GROUPS n:m, nn, n2:m2<RET>

IDENTIFICATION

specifies host identification
information.
The identification text may be up to 64
characters long, and may contain any printable
character.

MAXIMUM
ACTIVE-CIRCUITS
sets the maximum number of active circuits
that can exist at a node at one time.
SESSIONS

sets the maximum number
of
active
LAT
terminals allowed to connect to the local
host.
The default value is the number of
remote terminals you specify in the NETGEN
section of the MONGEN dialog.
See the TOPS-IO
Software
Installation
Guide
for
more
information about MONGEN.

MULTICAST-TIMER

sets the interval at which a host
will
transmit to all servers a multicast message
announcing the availability
of
the
LAT
terminal service.
The multicast timer default
is 30 seconds.

NUMBER

specifies a unique host identification number.

RETRANSMIT
TIMER

sets the number of milliseconds before the
host retransmits any unacknowledged messages
to the
server.
The
default
is
1000
milliseconds.

3-45

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
LIMIT

SERVICE-NAME

sets the maximum number of times that a LAT
host retransmits any unacknowledged messages
to the server.
After the
last
message
transmission,
the host detaches all jobs
associated with the virtual circuit.
The
default is 60 retransmissions.
specifies the types of services a host offers
to terminal users at a LAT server.
The
contain
the
following
service name may
characters:
any alphanumeric characters, as
well as the $ (dollar sign), (dash),
or
(underscore) .

Arguments
nn

specifies a number from 0 to 255.

n:m

specifies a range of numbers from 0 to 255.

text

specifies a text string.

Switches for SERVICE-NAME only
/RATING:

specifies the host's service rating.
The
rating may be a fixed number in the range
0-255, or it may be the word "DYNAMIC".
The
higher the rating,
the more accessible that
host is to the LAT terminal server.
The
DYNAMIC rating changes according to machine
availability.

/IDENTIFICATION:

specifies a service description of up to 64
characters.
You must include quotes around
the service description you specify.
For
example:
LCP>SET SERVICE-NAME JEEVES/IDENTIFICATION:"FOO"

Examples
1.

Use the SET command to set to 200 the maximum number of
active LAT terminals allowed to connect to the local host.
LCP>SET MAXIMUM SESSIONS 200<RET>
LCP>-9:25:33
LCP
-- Set Accepted
LCP>

Use the SET
information.

command

specify

host

LCP>SET IDENTIFICATION "BIG SYSTEM"<RET>
LCP>-9:27:07
LCP
-- Set Accepted -LCP>

3-46

identification

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
3.

Use the SET command to set to 10 the maximum number of active
circuits that can exist at a node.
LCP>SET MAXIMUM ACTIVE-CIRCUITS 10<RET>
LCP>-9:28:15
LCP
-- Set Accepted
LCP>

Use the SET command to set the host's service
rating, and service description.

name,

service

LCP>SET SERVICE-NAME MACHO/RArrING: 55/IDENTIFICATION: "Best "<RET>
LCP>-9:31:13
LCP
-- Set Accepted -LCP>

3-47

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

LCP COMMANDS
SHOW

Function

The SHOW command displays the following LAT information:
o

Dynamic and permanent parameters

Currently active terminal connections

Server information

Counter information

Format

LCP>SHOW keyword /switch <RET>
Keywords

CHARACTERISTICS

displays the dynamic parameters
the permanent LAT parameters.

and

many

COUNTERS

displays the counter totals for all servers on
the system.
To display the counters for a
particular server, use the /SERVER switch and
supply a server name.

HOST-INITIATED-REQUESTS
displays all the currently active outgoing LAT
connections.
PENDING-REQUESTS

displays all the'
LAT connections.

currently

pending

outgoing

SERVER server-name
displays the servers that have connected to
the local LAT host.
SHOW SERVER/ALL displays
a summary of server information including the
server name,
number and Ethernet address.
SHOW SERVER followed by a server name displays
additional information about the specified
server including the server location,
type,
status and timers.
SESSIONS

displays information about the
terminal sessions including:
o

Job

Line

Program

Server name

User
3-48

current

LAT

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

LCP COMMANDS
Switch for COUNTERS and SERVER only

/SERVER:server-name
displays counters for the specified server.
Argument

server-name

specifies the server for which to display
information. The server-name argument applies
only to the SHOW COUNTERS and SHOW SERVER
command.

Examples

Use the SHOW command to display the dynamic and permanent LAT
parameters.
LCP>SHOW CHARACTERISTICS<RET>
LCP>-9:27:21
LCP
-- Host Characteristics -LAT Access State: ON
Host Name: KLI026
Host id: RLT17QM KLI026 AP Monitor
Host Number: 0
Retransmit Limit: 60
Retransmit Timer: 1000
Multicast Timer: 30
Groups: 3:4,7,10,14,18,21
Current
Maximum
Allocated circuits
Active circuits
Sessions
Service name
Rating
KLI026
TOPSI0

1
1

20
20
200
Identification

3
3
6

RLT17Q KLI026 AP Monitor
TOPS-I0 Development System

LCP>
2.

Use the SHOW command to display the counter
servers on the system.
LCP>SHOW COUNTERS<RET>
LCP>-9:32:38
LCP

totals

for

all

Counter Totals for All Servers --

Messages received: 12664
Messages transmitted: 13659
Messages retransmitted: 31
Sequence errors received: 216
Illegal messages received: 0
Illegal slots received: 0
Resource failures: 0
LCP>

3-49

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
3.

Use the SHOW command
LAT9.

display

information

about

server

LCP>SHOW SERVER LAT9<RET>

LCP>-- - - -

9: 33: 26

LCP

Information About Server

LA~r9

Server Number: 98
Server Location: MROl-2/L5
Server Type: DECserver-100
Ethernet Address: 08-00-2B-00-17-DF
Server Status: Connected
Max Slots: 48
Data Link Size: 1518
Circuit Timer (ms) : 80
Keep-alive Timer(s): 20
LCP>
4.

Use the SHOW command to display information about current LAT
terminal sessions.
LCP>SHOW SESSIONS<RET>
LCP>-9:33:57
LCP

-- Active LAT Sessions

Port Name
Job Line Program Server Name
-------- ----------- ------------36 75 MS
LAT93
JFRANCIS
22 76 PIP
TZIEDZIC
LAT1
24 77 DIRECT LAT1
SENDLOSK
27 100 QUEUE
SPERKINS
LAT87
29 103 STECO
BFROEM
LAT98
30 104 DC
JOANN CREEL
LAT94
26 105 QUEUE
DAVIDLUND
LAT1
LCP>

3-50

User
----------~------

FRANCIS [30,224]
ZIEDZIC [30,6601]
LUS [10,4601]
PERK [30,2216]
FROEM [30,6026]
JCREEL [30,5653]
LUND [10,5451]

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
START

Function
The START command notifies all servers that the host
is
available,
and sets the LAT-ACCESS-STATE to ON.
See the STOP
command for information about restricting access to the local
host.

Format
LCP>START<RET>
Examp1e
Use the START command to make the host available to all
servers.
LCP>START<RET>
LCP>
8:33:56
LCP

-- Start Accepted --

LCP>

3-51

terminal

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
STOP

Function

The STOP command terminates all existing LAT terminal sessions
and rejects any new connections from servers.
See the START
command for information on permitting access to the local host.
Format

LCP>STOP<RET>
Example

Use the STOP command
sessions.
LCP>STOP<RET>
LCP>
8:34:41

LCP

terminate

all

-- Stop Accepted --

LCP>

3-52

existing

LAT

terminal

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
LCP COMMANDS
ZERO COUNTERS

Function

The ZERO COUNTERS command changes the counters for the combined
LAT server totals to zero.
Thi.s command does not affect the
counters for the individual servers unless you use the /SERVER:
switch and specify a particular server.
Format

LCP>ZERO COUNTERS /switch <RET>
Switch

/SERVER:server-name
sets the counters for a particular server to
zero.
This
switch does not affect the
counters for the combined server totals.
You
must specify a server name with this switch.
Argument

server-name

specifies the server on
should be set to zero.

which

the

counters

Examples

Use the ZERO COUNTERS command to change the counters for
combined LAT server totals to zero.
LCP>ZERO COUNTERS<RET>
LCP>---9:35:47
LCP

the

-- Zero Accepted --

LCP>
2.

Use the ZERO COUNTERS command
server LAT9.

change

LCP>ZERO COUNTERS/SERVER:LAT9<RET>
LCP>---9:36:26
LCP
-- Zero Accepted
LCP>

3-53

the

counters

for

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

NCP COMMANDS
3.6

NCP COMMANDS

This section provides information about the Network Control Program
(NCP)
command subset.
It is a quick reference guide for experienced
NCP users.
If you have never used NCP, please see the TOPS-IO DECnet
and PSI System Manager's and Operator's Guide before you use any NCP
commands.
Nep's two main functions are to control and monitor DECnet
activity.
Some of the tasks you perform with NCP include:
o

Changing parameters

Monitoring local and remote DECnet nodes

Loading and starting adjacent nodes

Gathering information about the DECnet network

network

WARNING
Some NCP commands have the potential to disrupt the
entire network.
Several commands will, if formatted
with valid but ill-chosen parameters~ disrupt your own
node's
performance.
Never enter an NCP command
without a complete understanding of the probable
effect of the command.
Do not make changes in the
permanent data base of a
remote
node
without
consulting the system manager at the remote node.
The following table briefly describes the NCP commands.
Table 3-1:

Command

NCP Commands

Function

CANCEL

Removes a command from
processing begins.

CLEAR

Removes a value previously entered in
data base.

DEFINE

Enters a value in the permanent data base.

DUMP

Stores a copy of a target node's memory image
dump file at the host node.

HELP

Returns a function and major keywords
commands.

LIST

Displays, on the user's terminal,
the permanent data base.

3-54

the

request

queue

before

the

volatile

for

all

NCP

information

from

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

NCP COMMANDS
LOAD

Allows the executor node to load the system image
file to a remote node adjacent to the executor.

LOOP

Requests a node-level loopback test.

PURGE

Removes a value or values from
base.

SET

Enters a value or values in the volatile data base.

SHOW

Displays on the user's terminal information from the
volatile data base.

TELL (prefix)

Directs the command that follows to
for execution.

TRIGGER

Requests the target node to send a load request.

ZERO

Logs counters and then zeros them.

3-55

the

permanent

remote

data

node

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
3.7

QUOTA COMMANDS

The QUOTA application in OPR enables you to maintain disk space quota
entries in the QUOTA.SYS file and in ACTDAE.SYS.
QUOTA.SYS contains a
list of users for the private structure on which the users'
files
reside.
Creating entries in ACTDAE.SYS causes LOGIN to mount the
specified structures.
System Administrator privileges are required.
with QUOTA, you can do the following:
0

create a user's quota

delete a user's quota

list a user's quota

change a user's quota

display a user's quota
NOTE
You must have SYSTEM operator privileges to use the
QUOTA application.
SYSTEM operator privileges allow
you to control devices and tasks on the host system
and remote nodes.

3-56

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
ADD

Function

The ADD command creates entries in QUOTA.SYS or ACTDAE.SYS.
If
you specify the /MOUNT switch,
QUOTA writes the entry in
ACTDAE.SYS.
If you do not specify the /MOUNT switch,
QUOTA
writes the entry in <STRUCTURE>:QUOTA.SYS[1,4].
Format

QUOTA>ADD userid structure quota-in quota-out /switches<RET>
userid

specifies a user's project-programmer number,
or a user name.
You must include quotes
around
a
user
name
if
it
contains
non-alphabetic
characters.
Both
the
project-programmer numper and the user name
may include wildcards.

structure

specifies a device
structure name.

quota-in
quota-out

name,

which

can

any

specifies a user's logged-in or logged-out
quota in 128-word blocks.
You may specify the
quota as one of the following:
o

a positive decimal number

the word INFINITE to indicate the
possible 36-bit integer.

largest

Switches

/MOUNT

creates an entry for the specified structure
in ACTDAE.SYS and in the user's LOGIN search
list.
If you include the /MOUNT switch,
the
structure must be cataloged and accessible.

/NOCREATE

sets the NOCREATE status bit when the user
logs in.
This bit prohibits the user from
creating files on the structure unless the
user
specifies
the
structure name when
creating a file.
The /NOCREATE switch applies
only if you specified the /MOUNT switch.

/NOWRITE

write-locks the specified structure for the
specified user's job when the user logs in.
The user will not be able to create files on
the structure.
The /NOWRITE switch applies
only if you specified the /MOUNT switch.

3-57

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
Examples
1.

Use the ADD command to create an entry in QUOTA.SYS for a
user
(JSMITH)
on structure RENG with quota-in and quota-out
of 100 blocks.
QUOTA>ADD JSMITH RENG 100 100<RET>
QUOTA>--- -----14:00:59
ADD command
1 entry added
QUOTA>

Use the ADD command to create an entry in ACTDAE.SYS in which
the creation of files on the structure is prohibited unless
the user (JSMITH) specifies the structure name when creating
the file.
QUOTA>ADD JSMITH DSKC 1000 100/MOUNT/NOCREATE<RET>
QUOTA>--14:02:29
-- ADD command -1 entry added
QUOTA>

3-58

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
DELETE

Function
The DELETE command removes entries from QUOTA.SYS and ACTDAE.SYS.
Format
QUOTA>DELETE userid structure<RET>
userid

structure

specifies a device
structure name.

name,

which

can

any

user

JSMITH,

Example
Use the DELETE command to remove entries
structure RENG, from QUOTA.SYS and ACTDAE.SYS.
QUOTA>DELETE JSMITH RENG<RET>
QUOTA>
14:02:48
-- DELETE command -1 entry deleted
QUOTA>

3-59

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
HELP

Function

The HELP command displays information about QUOTA commands.
Format

QUOTA>HELP command<RET>
where command is any QUOTA command.
Examples

Use the HELP command to get more information about HELP.
QUOTA>HELP HELP<RET>
QUOTA>-Obtain help for any QUOTA application command.
The format is this:
HELP command
where <command> can be anyone of the following QUOTA
commands:
ADD
DELETE
HELP
LIST
MODIFY
SHOW
QUOTA>

Use the HELP command to
command.

get

information

about

the

DELETE

QUOTA>HELP DELETE<RET>
Removes one or more quota entries from the system.
The format is:
DELETE user structure
The <user> specification can be any of the following:
a.

A ppn.

This ppn can contain wildcards (i.e.,

A quoted username.

unquoted username.
wildcards (* and ?) .

This

username

The <structure> argument can be any
name.
The trailing colon is optional.
QUOTA>

3-60

* and ?).

can

contain

valid

structure

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
LIST

Function

The LIST command writes a user or structure quota to a file.
You
must specify a PPN or username.
To list QUOTA.SYS entries,
specify a structure name.
To list ACTDAE.SYS entries,
specify
the /MOUNT switch.
Format

QUOTA>LIST userid (structure OR /switch) file specification<RET>
userid

structure

specifies a device name,
which can be any
structure name.
If you specify a structure,
the structure must be accessible. QUOTA lists
only the QUOTA.SYS entries for that structure.

file specification
specifies a file name.
The
specification is DSK:QUOTA.LST.

default

file

Switch

/MOUNT

lists ACTDAE.SYS entries.

Examples

Use the LIST command to list QUOTA.SYS entries on structure DSKE
for user JSMITH.
QUOTA>LIST JSMITH DSKE<RET>
QUOTA>---14:45:53 -- Listing file written to DSKC:QUOTA.LST[27,5434] -QUOTA>

Use the LIST command to list ACTDAE.SYS entries for user JSMITH.
QUOTA>LIST JSMITH/MOUNT<RET>
QUOTA>---14:04:24 -- Listing file written to DSKB:QUOTA.LST[10,5676] -QUOTA>

3-61

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
MODIFY

Function
The MODIFY command changes entries in QUOTA.SYS or ACTDAE.SYS.
To change ACTDAE.SYS entries,
specify the /MOUNT switch.
To
change QUOTA.SYS entries, specify the /NOMOUNT switch.

Fo:rm.at
QUOTA>MODIFY use rid structure quota-in quota-out /switches<RET>
userid

structure

specifies a device name,
which can be any
structure name.
If you include the /NOMOUNT
switch, the structure must be cataloged and
accessible.

quota-in
quota-out

specifies a user's logged-in or logged-out
quota in 128-word blocks.
You may specify the
quota as one of the following:
o

a positive decimal number

the word INFINITE to indicate the
possible 36-bit integer.

the word SAME to indicate no change to the
quota

largest

Switches
/CREATE

clears the NOCREATE status for the specified
entry.
The /CREATE switch applies only if you
specified the /MOUNT switch.

/MOUNT

modifies an entry for the specified structure
in ACTDAE.SYS and in the user's LOGIN search
list.

/NOMOUNT

modifies an entry in the QUOTA.SYS file for
the specified structure.
If you create the
entry with the /NOMOUNT switch, the user must
specifically MOUNT the structure; LOGIN does
not automatically try to mount it when the
user logs in.

3-62

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
/NOCREATE

/NOWRITE

write-locks the specified structure for the
specified user's job when the user logs in.
The /NOWRITE switch applies only if
you
specified the /MOUNT switch.

/WRITE

clears the write-lock status for the specified
entry.
The /WRITE switch applies only if you
specified the /MOUNT switch.

Examples
1.

Use the MODIFY command to change
structure DSKB for user JSMITH.

QUOTA.SYS

entries

QUOTA>MODIFY JSMITH DSKB 100 100/NOMOUNT<RET>
QUOTA>
14:06:17
-- 1 entry modified -QUOTA>
2.

Use the MODIFY command to change
structure DSKC for user JSMITH.

ACTDAE.SYS

QUOTA>MODIFY JSMITH DSKC 1000 100/MOUNT<RET>
QUOTA>
15:04:24
-- 1 entry modified -QUOTA>

3-63

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS

QUOTA COMMANDS
RETURN

Function

The RETURN command exits the QUOTA command subset and returns you
to OPR command level.
Format

QUOTA>RETURN<RET>
OPR>

3-64

OPR COMMAND SUBSETS
QUOTA COMMANDS
SHOW

FWlction
The SHOW command displays entries from QUOTA.SYS or ACTDAE.SYS.
To display QUOTA.SYS entries, specify a structure.
If you do not
specify a structure, QUOTA displays ACTDAE.SYS entries.
Format
QUOTA>SHOW userid structure <RET>
userid

structure

specifies a device name.
The device name can
be any structure name, and the structure must
be accessible.
The structure qualifier is
optional.
If you specify a structure, QUOTA
displays only the QUOTA.SYS entries for that
structure.
If you do not specify a structure,
QUOTA displays user entries from ACTDAE.SYS.

Examples
1.

Use the SHOW command to display entries from QUOTA.SYS for
JSMITH.
QUOTA>SHOW JSMITH DSKB<RET>
QUOTA>-15:58:04
-- QUOTA listing -User: JSMITH
10,7777
Quota In:
Reserved:
0

100

Out:

user

100

QUOTA>
2.

Use the SHOW command to display en"tries from ACTDAE. SYS for user
JSMITH.
QUOTA>SHOW JSMITH<RET>
QUOTA>-14:06:06
-- QUOTA listing
10,7777
JSMITH
Structure
Quota in
Quota out
Reserved
DSKC
DSKZ
DSKE

80000
10000
1000

20000
1000
100

QUOTA>

3-65

Status

o
a

/NOCREATE

CHAPTER 4
TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS

The commands in this chapter change various system parameters and,
therefore,
are restricted to users who are logged in under [1,2],
only. All commands, when executed,
leave the terminal in monitor
mode.
Chapter 5 describes the operator-privileged commands for the
OPSER system program.

4-1

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
ATTACH CPU
ATTACH CPU

Function

The ATTACH CPU command adds the specified CPU and all the devices
on that CPU to the system.
NOTE
The CONFIG ADD command performs extensive system
monitoring and is preferred for adding CPUs to a
system.
Format

ATTACH CPU argument<RET>
Argument
n

specifies a logical or physical CPU name.

Example

Use the ATTACH CPU command to add CPUl and all devices on CPUl to
the system .
. ATTACH CPU1<RET>

4-2

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
ATTACH device
ATTACH device

Function
The ATTACH device command returns a previously DETACHed device to
your control.
You can then ASSIGN the device for your own use,
or you can DEASSIGN the device in order to place it in the
monitor pool of available resources.
NOTE
The CONFIG ADD command performs extensive system
monitoring
and
is
preferred for returning
previously detached devices to your control.
Format
ATTACH device
Argument
specifies the device being attached.

device
Restrictions

See

The device must have been previously DETACHed.
command description for more information

the

DETACH

Associated messages are:
?No such device
The specified device does not exist at your installation.
?Wasn't detached
The specified device is not detached.
Example
You ATTACH tape drive MTA2 that was previously DETACHed .
. ATTACH MTA2<RET>

After you have ATTACHed a tape drive, you must then set the tape
drive available with the OPR command SET TAPE-DRIVE.
See the OPR
command SET TAPE-DRIVE for more information.
To confirm the
replies with:
OPR> 12:35:12

attachment

the

device,

your

Device MTA2 -- Attached --

OPR>
4-3

OPR

terminal

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
ATTACH disk-unit
ATTACH disk-unit

Function
The ATTACH disk-unit command designates that the specified
unit is now up, and you can MOUNT a structure on it.

disk

Format
ATTACH disk-unit/comment
Argument
specifies that the disk unit you want to
declare is available for structure mounts (for
example, DPA2:
or RPA1:).

disk-unit

Switch
specifies a line of text whose first two
characters go into the ERROR.SYS file along
with the command as configuration changes
(PM
for preventive maintenance, CM for corrective
maintenance) .

/comment

Restrictions
The unit must have been
initialization.

DETACHed

declared

DOWN

system

Associated messages are:
?No such device
The disk unit specified does not exist.
Example
You ATTACH disk unit RPB1 for system use after it was DETACHed at
system initialization .
. ATTACH RPB1:<RET>

To confirm the attachment of the disk
replies with:
OPR>
1:20:19

Device RPB1

unit,

-- Attached --

OPR>

4-4

your

OPR

terminal

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
ATTACH job
ATTACH job

Function
The ATTACH job command detaches the current job,
if any,
connects the terminal to the job specified as the argument.

and

Format
ATTACH n[PPN]
Arguments
n

specifies the job number of the job
the terminal is to be attached.

which

[PPN]

specifies the project-programmer number of the
originator of the desired job. This argument
can be omitted if it is the same as the
project-programmer number of the job to which
the terminal is currently attached. When you
are logged-in under
[1,2],
you can always
attach to a
job, provided that the proper
[PPN] is specified.
Any other user,
even one
with
operator
privileges but not logged-in under [1,2], is
interrogated for the appropriate password.

Restrictions
Associated messages are:
?Not a job
The job number specified does not exist.
?Can't attach to job
The [PPN] was not correct for the job number.

4-5

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
ATTACH job
Example

You are requested by a user to kill his job.
You ATTACH to his
job,
kill the job, and then ATTACH back to your job. When you
attach back to job 4 as an operator,
you are asked for ·the
password because the user with job 17 does not have operator
privileges and was not logged-in as [1,2] .
. ATTACH 17[27,5107]<RET>
From job 4
.KJ<RET>
Job 17 User BROWN,E [27,5107]
Logged-off TTYO at 10:04:59 on 18-Mar-88
Runtime: 0:10:02, KCS:32, Connect time: 0:49:19
Disk Reads:495, Writes:125, Blocks saved:7040
.ATTACH 4[1,2]<RET>
Password: <RET>

4-6

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
DETACH device
DETACH device

Function

The DETACH device command assigns the specified device to job
thus making it unavailable to any user requesting the device.
NOTE
The CONFIG ADD command performs extensive system
monitoring and is preferred for making devices
unavailable.
Format

DETACH device
Argument

device

specifies the name of the device to be DETACHed.

Restrictions

DSK and TTY cannot be detached.
Associated messages are:
?Device in use
The device specified is already in use.
?Device not assignable
The device specified is currently off-line or unavailable.
?Can't detach device
You are attempting to detach a DSK or TTY device.
?No such device
The specified device does not exist.

4-7

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
DETACH device
Example
You DETACH tape drive MTA2 because of hardware problems .
. DETACH MTA2<RET>

To confirm that the tape drive was detached,
replies with:
OPR>
3:45:19

Device MTA2

-- Detached --

OPR>

4-8

your

OPR

terminal

TOPS-10 OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
DETACH disk-unit
DETACH disk-unit

Function

The DETACH disk-unit command designates the specified disk unit
as being DOWN.
This is similar ·to declaring it DOWN at system
initialization.
Format

DETACH disk-unit/comment
Argument

disk-unit

specifies the disk unit that you want
declare DOWN, for example, DPAO:, RPA4:.

Switch

specifies a line of text whose first two
characters go into the ERROR.SYS file, along
with the command,
as Configuration Changes.
(Use PM for preventive maintenance, CM for
corrective maintenance) .

/comment

Restrictions

The disk unit cannot have a mounted file structure on it.
If it
has,
you must DISMOUNT the structure first and then DETACH the
disk unit.
Associated messages are:
?No such device
The disk unit specified does not exist.
Example

You DETACH disk drive RPB2:
problems .

as it is inoperable due to

hardware

To confirm the detachment of a device, your OPR terminal
with:

replies

. DETACH RPB2:<RET>

OPR>
10:57:12

Device RPB2

-- Detached --

OPR>

4-9

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-¥RIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
INITIA
INITIA

Function

The operator-privileged INITIA command performs the following two
functions:
the

system

file

startup

that

It executes SYSJOB.INI,
reinitializes the system.

It runs the TTY STOMPER program, which disconnects detached
terminals that have been idle for more than two minutes.

Format

INITIA keyword<RET>
Keywords

STOMP

runs the TTY STOMPER
detached terminals.

program

disconnect

SYSTEM

executes SYSJOB.INI, the system startup file.
SYSJOB.INI contains the commands necessary to
start up system programs such as ACTDAE,
FILDAE, QUASAR, and ORION.

Examples

Use the INITIA STOMP command to disconnect detached terIninals
that have been idle for more than two minutes .
. INITIA STOMP<RET>
%%TTY STOMPER detaching from terminal

Use the INITIA SYSTEM command to execute the
file that reinitializes the system .
. INITIA SYSTEM<RET>
MONITOR 11:44:06 CTY system 1026
Connected to node CENTR(O) Line
45
.LOGIN 1,2<RET>
.R OPR<RET>
OPR>

4-10

system

startup

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SEND
SEND

Function
The SEND command sends messages to all terminals on your system
or to all terminals at a specified (ANF-10) network node. A bell
sounds at the destination terminals when your message
is
received.
Format
SEND keyword message<RET>
Keywords
ALL

specifies that the message
terminals on the system.

sent

all

NODE: identifier

specifies that the message be sent to all
terminals on the given node.
Your host system
is the default.

Restrictions
The destination terminal does not receive your message if:
o

The job is not at monitor command level

The job has the TTY GAG bit set

The terminal is in IMAGE mode or Packet Image Mode (PIM)

In addition, if the destination terminal is hardwired and turned
off,
your message is not sent. However, it appears to have been
sent because the software cannot detect an OFF condition on
hardwired terminals.
If you try to send a message to a terminal not at monitor command
level, you receive a BUSY message, and your message is not sent.
Examp1es
1.

Use the SEND ALL command to notify
ends in 30 minutes.

all

users

OPR>SEND ALL TIMESHARING ENDS IN 30 MINUTES<RET>
OPR>---- ------ -- -;;SYSTEM: - TIMESHARING ENDS IN 30 MINUTES
OPR>

4-11

that

timesharing

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS

SEND
2.

Use the SEND NODE:
command to notify users to stop queuing print
requests because of a problem with the line printer at the
central site.
OPR>SEND NODE:KL1026 DO NOT QUEUE ANY PRINT JOBS UNTIL NOTIFIED<RET>
OPR>---10:39:05
-- SEND Command Completed -OPR>

4-12

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET BREAK
SET BREAK

Function
The SET BREAK command makes the address break facility available
to users.
It also prevents the address break facility from being
available to users if you wish to make it available to system
programmers for their exclusive use.
The address break facility of the hardware makes a powerful
debugging facility available to users of the system.
To make
this feature available, the monitor must set the address where
the user is breaking into the address switches and the break
conditions into the break conditions register.
The default setting when the
USERS.

monitor

loaded

SET

BREAK

Format
SET BREAK USERS
or
SET BREAK NO USERS

Arguments
USERS

specifies that users of the system be given
the
address
break facility.
The system
changes the address
switches
and
break
conditions for programs being debugged using
address break.

NO USERS

specifies that the message "?Not available" be
printed on a user's terminal if the user
attempts to use the address break facility.

Restriction
The SET BREAK command is not applicable on KS10 systems because
the hardware is not capable of the address break facility.
Associated messages are:
?Not available
You tried to SET BREAK NO USERS,
but the address
facility was already in use by one or more users.

break

Example
You give the SET BREAK USERS command to allow all
the address break facility .
. SET BREAK USERS<RET>

4-13

users

use

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS

SET CORMA}{
SET CORMAX

Function

The SET CORMAX command changes the system parameter CORMAX.
The
largest size that any job (sum of low and high segments) can be
is CORMAX-1.
Format

SET CORMAX n
Argument
n

specifies a decimal number representing nK.
The minimum value of n is 10, unless this
value was changed at system generation or
system initialization time.

Example

You set the CORMAX parameter to 256K .
. SET CORMAX 256K<RET>

4-14

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET CORMIN
SET CORMIN

Function

The SET CORMIN command changes the system parameter CORMIN.
CORMIN is the guaranteed amount of contiguous core that a single
unlocked job can have.
This command is used only with a monitor
that has the capability of locking jobs in core (usually a
real-time monitor) .
Format

SET CORMIN n
Argument
n

specifies a decimal number representing nK.

Example

You set the CORMIN parameter to 256K .
. SET CORMIN 256K<RET>

4-15

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET CPU
SET CPU

Function
The SET CPU command specifies which CPU in a multiprocessing
system will run your job.
You can specify that processing occur
on the primary CPU, the secondary CPU, or on either CPU.
Format
SET CPU keyword argument<RET>
Argument,s
U

designates a logical name

designates a KL processor

is a number from 0 to 5, depending
processors in the system.

the

CPxn

adds the specified CPU to
your job can use.

the

NO CPxn

removes the specified CPU
CPUs your job can use.

from

CPU ALL

adds all of the CPUs to the list of CPUs
job can use.

ONLY CPxn

changes the CPU specification
includes only the specified CPU.

number

list

CPUs

the

list

Keywords

your

that

Restrictions
The SET CPU command for a particular CPU remains in effect
one of the following occurs:

until

You issue another SET CPU command specifying a different CPU.

You issue a KJOB command.

Your program overrides the SET CPU command by issuing
SETUUO monitor call with a different specification.

The SETUUO monitor call for a particular CPU
until one of the following occurs:

remains

The RESET or EXIT monitor call causes the job to
the CPU specified in the last SET CPU command.

Another SETUUO monitor call specifies a different CPU.

4-16

the

effect

revert

TOPS-l0 OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET CPU

When you log in, the CPU specification is usually set to ALL.
Each CPU scheduler competes for jobs with the ALL specification
so that the job load is balanced between CPUs.
Therefore, you do
not generally need to use the SET CPU.
Examples

Your job can run only on CPU1 .
. SET CPU ONLY CPU1<RET>

Your job can run on CPU1 .
. SET CPU CPU1<RET>

4-17

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET DATE
SET DATE

Function

The SET DATE command changes the system date.
However,
this
command does not check the validity of the date argument, as is
done at system initialization.
To display the current
DAYTIME.

system

date,

use

the

monitor

command

Fonnat

SET DATE mm-dd-yy
Argument

mm-dd-yy

specifies the month, day, and year of the date
argument.
The month, day, and year are each a
2-character decimal
number
separated
by
hyphens.

Example

You set the date to October 15, 1988 and then
with the DAY command .
. SET DATE 10-15-88<RET>
.DAY<RET>
15-0ct-88 11:25:45

4-18

display

the

date

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET DAYTIME
SET DAYTIME

Function

The SET DAYTIME command changes the system time of day.
If you need to know the current system's time of
TOPS-I0 command DAYTIME.

day,

give

the

Format

SET DAYTIME nnnn
Argument

nnnn

specifies a decimal number from 0000 through
2359,
representing
a 24-hour time.
For
example, 1630 as an argument is equal to 4:30
P.M.

Example

You set the time of day to 1815 to correct the system's time .
. SET DAYTIME 1815<RET>
.DAY<RET>
12-0ct-88 18:15:04

4-19

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET MEMORY
SET MEMORY

Function
The SET MEMORY command alters the system memory configuration
dynamically without affecting system operation.
This command is
most useful for removing faulty memory from the system, returning
repaired memory to the system, or reconfiguring memory on systems
that contain multiple CPUs.
If this command is successfully
executed, the specified memory is set on- or off-line.
Format
SET MEMORY ON-LINE FROM n TO m
or
SET MEMORY OFF-LINE FROM n TO m
where FROM and TO are optional portions of the command line.
Argument
specifies the number range
(n less than or
equal to m) of the physical addresses that are
to be set ON-or OFF-LINE.
The numbers are
treated as decimal, unless preceded by a pound
sign (#)
implying octal.
If a number is
followed by the letter P or K, the range is in
pages (P) or blocks (K).
If neither P nor K
is specified, then K is the default.
Refer to
the SET
VMMAX
command
for
a
further
description of K and P.

n,m

Restrictions
The SET MEMORY command is operational only on systems
the LOCK facility.

that

have

Associated messages are:
?ATTEMPT TO SET MONITOR MEMORY OFF-LINE
The range of addresses specified in a
SET MEMORY OFF-LINE
command overlaps the resident monitor.
The memory occupied
by the resident monitor cannot be set off-line.
?JOB(S) TOO BIG TO CONTINUE TO RUN
?PROBLEM WITH JOB(S) nl[progl],n2[prog2], ... nn[progn]
If the range of addresses specified in a SET MEMORY OFF-LINE
command were taken off-line, the jobs listed would be too
big to continue to run.
The job numbers and program names
are listed so that you can ATTACH to the jobs, log them out,
and type the command again if you wish the command to
succeed.

4-20

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET MEMORY

?ATTEMPT TO SET MEMORY CONTAINING LOCKED JOBS OFF-LINE
?PROBLEM WITH JOB(S) n1[prog1],n2[prog2], ... nn[progn]
The range of addresses specified in a SET MEMORY OFF-LINE
command overlaps memory containing jobs that are locked in
core.
The job numbers and program names are listed so that
you can ATTACH to the jobs,
log them out, and type the
command again, if you wish the command to succeed.
?p NXM ERRS FROM n TO m
When a SET MEMORY ON-LINE command is executed,
the system
references the memory in the range 'specified in the command
to ensure that it actually exists and is on-line.
Should
any nonexistent memory be encountered during this procedure,
the range of nonexistent locations (n,m) is reported on the
OPR terminal along with the number of errors (p), and the
memory in that range is treated as off-line.
Example

You are instructed
off-line .

the

systems

programmer

. SET MEMORY OFF-LINE FROM 512K TO 1024K<RET>

4-21

set

512K

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET NOMESSAGE
SET NOMESSAGE

Function
The SET NOMESSAGE conunand suppresses messages from disk and. tape
devices, and from OLIO-based PDP-II nodes.
Normally, when one of
these devices goes off-line unexpectedly, a message is sent to
the operator's console once-a-minute.
The SET NOMESSAGE conunand
controls those types of messages.
One of the messages you might
see is:
UNIT device-name WENT OFF-LINE
PLEASE POWER DOWN AND TURN IT ON AGAIN
Format
To suppress tape controller messages, use the following format:
SET NOMESSAGE MTx
Argument
x

is the name of the controller that is sending messages.

Format
To suppress messages from disk units, use the following format:
SET NOMESSAGE RPxn
Argument
RPxn

is the disk unit, including
unit number (n).

controller

name

(x)

and

node,

use

the

Format
To suppress messages from
format:

OLIO-based

PDP-II

SET NOMESSAGE PDP-II n
Argument
n

is the number of the node that is off-line.

4-22

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET NOMESSAGE

For.mat

The SET NOMESSAGE command also controls the messages from
specific types of disk errors. RIB error messages are counted
from system startup,
and messages from RIB errors may be
suppressed by setting the RIB error message threshold RIBERN at
system generation, or with the SET NOMESSAGE command.
Use the
following format of SET NOMESSAGE to set the message threshold
from RIB errors:
SET NOMESSAGE RIB n
Argument

is the number of RIB error messages to be suppressed before
beginning to print them on the CTY.
The default threshold
is 0 so that all RIB error messages are printed. Note that
the total number of RIB error messages is reset to 0 only
when the system is reloaded.

For.mat

SET NOMESSAGE suppresses messages reporting
non-recoverable
(hard)
errors from disk units.
You can use the SET NOMESSAGE
command to set the threshold for hard error messages from disk
units with the following command:
SET NOMESSAGE DSKERR n
Argument

is the number of messages to be suppressed before printing
one message. When the number of hard error messages exceeds
n, a message is printed on the CTY. Note that the counter
of hard error messages is reset to 0 when a message is
printed on the CTY.
The system default threshold for hard
disk error messages is 25.
Therefore, by default, every
twenty-sixth message is printed on the CTY.

Example

You turn off the once-a-minute message for disk drive RPA2 .
. SET NOMESSAGE RPA2<RET>

4-23

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET OPR
SET OPR

Function
The SET OPR command changes the terminal designated
terminal while the system is running.

the

OPR

Format
SET OPR TTYnn:
or
SET OPR CTY

Arguments
TTYnn:

specifies the number of the terminal
designated as the OPR terminal.

CTY

specifies the terminal on
end.

front

Example
You set terminal 23 to be the OPR terminal .
. SET OPR TTY23:<RET>

4-24

the

console

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET SCHED
SET SCIlED

Function

The SET SCHED command changes the scheduled use of the system.
Fonnat

SET SCHED nnnn
Argument

nnnn

specifies an octal number which is stored in the
right half of the STATES word in COMMON.
The
following values for "nnnn" have
independent
meanings,
and
several
can
be
specified
concurrently by adding the values together
(see
example) .

specifies regular
operations.

specifies no further LOGINs
from the CTY.

specifies no further LOG INs from remote
terminals, and do not answer data sets.

specifies batch operation only.

specifies stand-alone operation only.

200

specifies that unspooling is allowed.

400

specifies no operator coverage.

1000

specifies to inhibit automatic execution
NETLDR.

timesharing

and

batch

allowed

except

Examp1e

You set the system schedule to 15. This allows you to run the
system as stand-alone, batch operations only,
and no LOG INs
except from the CTY (a combination of 1, 4, and 10) .
. SET SCHED 15<RET>

4-25

TOPS-10 OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET TTY
SET TTY

Function

When used with a device argument, the SET TTY command declares to
the scanner service special properties of a terminal line other
than the one on which the command is typed.
The device argument
can be used to modify the characteristics of any terminal line on
the system.
Formats

SET TTY TTYn: argument
TTY TTYn: argument
TTYn:

specifies the terminal whose line number
(n)
is
to
be controlled.
This argument is
optional.
If
omitted,
the
command
is
identical to the SET TTY command described in
the TOPS-10 Operating System Commands Manual.

Arguments

ALTMODE

converts the ALTMODE codes of 175 and 176 to
the
standard
ASCII ESCape character 033
(initial state if, at monitor generation,
the
TTYALT symbol is assigned a non-zero value) .
NO ALTMODE restores the individual identity of
the codes 175 and 176.

BLANKS

restores multiple carriage return/line
and form feeds (initial state).

NO BLANKS

suppresses blank lines
(consecutive carriage
return/line feeds after the first) and outputs
form feeds and vertical tabs as two carr1age
return/line feeds.
This is useful for a video
display terminal in order to increase the
amount of output that fits on the screen.

COpy
NO COpy

controls output of ESCape characters
terminals only.

CRLF

restores the
state) .

(initial

NO CRLF

suppresses the free carriage return normally
output at the end of a line exceeding the
carriage width.

free

carriage

return

feeds

VT5x

suppresses terminal echoing until the user
program or monitor asks for the characters.
This means that programs that are doing cursor
control or are handling their own rubouts can
get the screen image correct without doing
their own echoing.
4-26

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET TTY

NO DEFER

turns off the SET TTY TTYn: DEFER command.

DISPLAY

notifies the system that the terminal you
using is a display terminal.

NO DISPLAY

turns off the SET TTY TTYn: DISPLAY command.

ECHO

restores the normal echoing of each character
entered.
Most terminals for TOPS-10 are used
in full duplex mode which means that the
terminal does not print each character as the
user types it.
Instead the monitor echoes
each character typed so that the character is
printed.
If a terminal prints C when it is
typed but does not print any of the noncontrol
characters typed by the user,
then
this
command
can be used to establish normal
echoing.
(Each installation determines the
initial setting when generating its monitor at
system generation time.)

NO ECHO

suppresses
monitor
echoing
of
input
characters.
Local copy terminals (that is,
terminals which automatically
print
each
character as the user types it) do not require
monitor echoing because the echoing would
cause each character typed to be printed
twice.
This command is used to stop double
printing of each character on a local copy
terminal.
(The initial setting is determined
by each installation when constructing its
monitor at system generation time.)

FILL n

assigns filler class n to this terminal. Many
different types of terminals are supported by
the TOPS-10 operating system.
Some terminals
require one or more filler characters to be
sent following certain control characters such
as line feed
(LF)
and horizontal tab (HT).
Table 4-1 illustrates the number of fillers
sent for each character and filler class.
The
filler characters are CR (215 octal for even
parity)
for carriage return characters (CR,
215 octal) and DEL (RUBOUT, 377 octal) for all
other character. No fillers are supplied for
image mode output.
(The initial setting is
determined
by
each
installation
when
constructing its monitor at system generation
time.

NO FILL

is equivalent to TTY FILL O.
(The initial
setting is determined by each installation
when constructing its monitor
at
system
generation
time.)
Fillers for output and
echoing are determined from Table 4-1.

4-27

are

TOPS-10 OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET TTY
Table 4-1:

Number of Fillers by Character and Filler Class

Character
Name

BS
HT
LF
VT
FF
CR on output
FREE CR (3)
CRLF on output
XON
TAPE
XOFF
NTAP
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)

Number of Fillers for Filler Class

Octal

010

all
012
013
014
015
015-012
021
022
023
024

a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a

2
1 OR 2
2
2
12
1
2
3
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1 OR 2 (1)

6
6

21
3
4

(2)

(4)

1
1
1
1

1 if 0-3 spaces to tab stop; 2 if 4-7 spaces to tab stop.
Output only; no fillers on input.
Refer to the SET TTY TTYn CRLF command.
Sum of the fillers output for a CR and LF.

Argument

Function

FORM

specifies that the terminal has hardware form
(page) and VT (vertical tab) characters.
(The
initial setting
is
determined
by
each
installation when constructing its monitor at
system generation time.)

NO E"ORM

specifies that the monitor sends eight line
feeds for a form and four line feeds for a VT.
(The initial setting is determined by each
installation when constructing its monitor at
system generation time.)

GAG

specifies that messages transmitted by the
SEND
command cannot be received at this
terminal unless the job is at monitor level
(initial state).

NO GAG

specifies that messages transmitted by the
SEND command can be received at this terminal
even though the job is not at monitor level.

HOLD
NO HOLD

controls use of scroll key
only.

IGNORE

allows you to disable a line.
be ignored by the PDP-11.

NO IGNORE

turns off the SET TTY TTYn: IGNORE command.

4-28

VT5x terminals
The

line

will

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET TTY

lowercase

suppresses the
translation
character input to uppercase.

NO LC

causes the monitor to translate lowercase
characters to uppercase as they are received.
Frequently,
it is convenient to
have
a
terminal with both uppercase and lowercase to
simulate the behavior of one with uppercase
only.
This command causes the monitor to
perform this simulation.
The echo sent back
by the monitor always matches the case of the
characters after translation. By looking at
the printout,
the user can determine what
translation was performed by the
monitor
(initial state) .

PAGE n

gives the user the ability to temporarily
suspend system typeout without losing it.
The
XOFF key <CTRL/S> suspends the typeout,
and
the XON key <CTRL/Q> restores it for "n"
lines.
The XOFF and XON are not echoed and
are not sent to the user's program.
This
command is useful for video display terminals
so that the user can read a page of text
before it disappears from the screen.
Note
that it preempts the user of <CTRL/S> and
<CTRL/Q> for reading paper tape.
(See SET TTY
TAPE. )

NO PAGE

disables the typeout control ability of the
XOFF and XON keys.
The current interpretation
of these keys depends on the last SET TTY TAPE
command (initial state).

RTCOMP

disables the <CTRL/R>
(reprint current line
after making corrections) and <CTRL/T> (print
job status without interrupting execution)
features allowing <CTRL/R> and <CTRL/T> to be
passed to the user program.

NO RTCOMP

turns on
feature.

SLAVE

specifies that the terminal becomes slaved, so
that no commands can be typed on the terminal.
The terminal can then be ASSIGNed by another
user.
You can slave any terminal including
your own.
(The initial setting is determined
by each installation when constructing its
monitor at system generation time.)

NO SLAVE

specifies that the terminal becomes unslaved
so that commands can now be typed on the
console.
If OPR is slaved,
you can LOGIN
under
[1,2]
on another terminal to unslave
OPR.
(The initial setting is determined by
each
installation
when
constructing its
monitor at system generation time.

SPEED n

sets the speed at which the system sends and
receives characters to n baud.
(The user must
adjust the speed at the terminal by setting a
switch. )

the

4-29

and

the

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET TTY
SPEED m,n

sets the terminal transmitting speed to m baud
and the receiving speed to n baud.
(This is
especially useful for display terminals that
allow transmitting and receiving at different
speeds. )

TAB

specifies that the hardware tab stops are set
every eight columns.
(The initial setting is
determined
by
each
installation
when
constructing its monitor at system generation
time. )

NO TAB

specifies that the monitor simulates
tab
output from programs by sending the necessary
number of space characters.

TAPE

specifies that the XON key <CTRL/Q> causes ·the
terminal to read paper tape.
The XOFF key
<CTRL/S> causes the terminal to stop reading
paper tape.
Rubouts are ignored and free
CRLFs are not sent.

NO TAPE

specifies that the XON key <CTRL/Q> and the
XOFF key <CTRL/S> have no special paper tape
function.
They can,
however,
have a page
function.
(See SET TTY TTYn: PAGE command.)

TYPE nnnn

sets the terminal hardware characteristics.
nnnn
is the terminal type.
The monitor
command "HELP *" shows a list of the terminal
types supported on your system.

is equivalent to SET TTY TTYn: NO LC.

NO UC

is equivalent to SET TTY TTYn: LC.

WIDTH n

specifies that the carriage width
(the point
at which a free carriage return is inserted)
is set to n.
The range of n is 17
(two tab
stops)
to 200 decimal.
The initial state is
72.

Restriction
The SET TTY command requires LOGIN if you are unslaving OPR.
Example
You set a user's terminal for lowercase, a width of 80,
speed of 150 input baud rate and 2400 output baud rate .
. SET TTY TTY23: LC WIDTH 80 SPEED 150 2400<RET>

4-30

and

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
SET VMMAX
SET VMMAX

Function
The SET VMMAX command specifies the maximum
memory available to all users of the system.

amount

After the execution of this command, the new value
one of the following:

of
of

virtual

VMMAX

The total amount of allocated swapping space, if n is greater
than the total amount allocated.

The amount currently in use by all virtual memory users, if n
is less than the total amount in use.

The value of n, if neither of the above is true.

Format
SET VMMAX nP
or
SET VMMAX nK
Arguments
nK

specifies the number of words of virtual
memory.
1K is equal to 1024 words.
If you
omit the K or the P, K is the default.

specifies the number of pages of
memory.
1P is equal to 512 words.

virtual

Example
You set the virtual memory to five thousand pages (equivalent
2560 words) .
. SET VMMAX 5000P<RET>

4-31

TOPS-IO OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS
XCHNGE
XCHNGE

Function

The XCHNGE command enables a system with a bad disk unit to
continue
without
unnecessary user disruption by logically
exchanging disk drives and then having you physically exchange
disk packs.
Format

XCHNGE diskunitl: diskunit2:
Argument

diskunitn:

specifies the disk unit you want
with another disk unit.
For
exchange RPAO for RPA2.

to exchange
example, you

CAUTION
Careless use of this command
can
destroy
information on disk packs
because the monitor assumes that the
physical disk packs have been switched
by you. For that reason,
both disk
drives should be powered down before
issuing the command.
One precaution
the monitor does take whenever this
command is issued is to automatically
place both disk drives off-line.
It
is up to you to then switch the disk
packs before placing the units back
on-line.
Restrictions

Diskunitl and diskunit2 must be on the same controller, and
be of the same type.
Associated messages are:
?XCHNGE DISKUNIT1?
The disk unit specified does not exist.
?XCHNGE DISKUNITl DISKUNIT2?
One of the following conditions exists:
o

The two disk drives are on different controllers

The second disk unit specified does not exist

The disk unit contains non-removable media

4-32

must

TOPS-l0 OPERATOR-PRIVILEGED MONITOR COMMANDS

XCHNGE
Example

You exchange the disk pack on RPA1:
. XCHNGE RPA1:

RPA3:

/CM<RET>

4-33

with the disk pack on RPA3: .

CHAPTER 5
OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE

5.1

lNTRODUCTION TO OPSER

The TOPS-10 operating system considers all jobs to be timesharing
jobs;' thus,
each job must be associated with a timesharing terminal
(TTY).
In some situations, however, it is inconvenient to require a
timesharing terminal to be associated with every job on the system
(for example, where many jobs are needed for a single application).
OPSER provides a method whereby a single job running from a single
timesharing terminal can control many subjobs simultaneously.
To do
this,
OPSER implements a "device" called a pseudo-terminal (PTY). A
PTY is a software simulation of a terminal.
The controlling program,
OPSER,
can send information to a PTY and receive information from a
PTY.
OPSER starts running subjobs by means of pseudo-terminals and controls
each subjob by sending appropriate information
(for example, the
commands or data you give it) over the PTY controlling the subjob.
You can run as many subjobs as there are PTYs on the system, up to a
maximum of 14. Through OPSER you can control many jobs from one
terminal.

5.2

STARTING OPSER

At this time
OPSER normally starts when the system is brought up.
OPSER reads and processes the file SYS:OPR.ATO (an automatic startup
file).
This file contains the OPSER commands that initiate the
running of system software programs such as input and output spoolers,
components of the batch processing system,
and device-servicing
programs (such as MOUNT) .
If OPSER has not been started
typing the following command:

automatically,

you

can

start

.R OPSER<RET>

When OPSER displays an asterisk (*), type the following command:
*:AUTO SYS:OPR.ATO<RET>
When OPSER finishes processing the OPR.ATO file,
it displays an
asterisk or an exclamation point (t). When OPSER displays an asterisk
or exclamation point,
you can enter any of the OPSER commands
described in this chapter.

5-1

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
5.2.1

Commands to the OPSER Program

You must precede each OPSER command by a colon (:), and you must type
enough letters to make the command unique.
The :WHAT command is
unique at one character. Therefore, :W is interpreted as :WHAT.
OPSER prompts you with either an asterisk (*) or an exclamation point
(f)
when it is ready to receive your commands. An asterisk indicates
that no subjobs are active or a subjob is waiting for some action on
your part.
An exclamation point means that at least one subjob is
currently active but you can still communicate with other subjobs.
There are four methods of
string.

specifying

subjobs

OPSER

command

with

the

: DEFINE

Type the subjob number (or numbers) .

Type the mnemonic you assigned to the job
command.

Use the word ALL, which indicates to OPSER that you want
command to apply to all active subjobs.

Leave the subjob specification out entirely,
in which case
OPSER assumes you intend the command to apply to the last
subjob you referenced.

the

If the previous command referenced a list of subjobs,
the last one
For example, in
referenced is the default for any subsequent command.
the following sequence:
:WHAT A, B, C<RET>
:STOP<RET>
C is the subjob implicitly referred to in the :STOP command.
If A, B, and C were
commands were typed:

the

only

active

subjobs,

and

the

following

:WHAT ALL<RET>
:STOP<RET>
C would again be the implicit argument of the :STOP command.

5.2.2

Commands Directly to Subjobs

When you give commands to a subjob, you must indicate for which subjob
(or subjobs)
the command 1S intended.
Do this by preceding the
command with the subjob number (or the name assigned by means of the
:DEFINE command)
and a hyphen.
If you do not specify the subjob
number or name in the command,
the command defaults to the last
specified subjob.
For example, to stop subjob 3 (defined as LP1) you
could type:
f3-STOP

;using the subjob number

or
fLP1-STOP

;using the subjob name

or
f : STOP

;if LP1 was the last specified subjob
5-2

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
There is a method available in OPSER for sending the same command to
all the subjobs at once. For example, if you want to know the status
within each of the subjobs, instead of typing WHAT to each- subjob, you
can do it with a single command.
You simply type:
:WHAT ALL<RET>
and OPSER sends the WHAT command to each subjob.
Whenever you enter a command to a subjob,
identify the entry as follows:

OPSER

will

timestamp

and

!hh:mm (xxx)
where xxx is the subjob number or name used in the preceding command
line.
For example,
the following is representative of your CTY
output.
!S-R SPRINT
!13:20(S)

(operator command)
(OPSER timestamp)
(SPRINT prompt)

Sample CTY output included in this chapter usually omits timestamp
entries in the interest of conserving space and reducing clutter.
Actual OPSER output will be timestamped.
Consider the following sequence of commands:
STEP

EXPLANATION

. R OPSER<RET>

Run the OPSER program .

*:SLOG 2,167<RET>

!:DEF FIL=<RET>

Associate subjob n with the name FIL.

!:WHAT FIL<RET>

Print out the status of FIL.

!FIL-R PIP<RET>

Tell FIL to run PIP.

*FILC.EXT=FILA.EXT,FILB.EXT<RET>
Use PIP to create one file from data
two other files.
!:STOP FIL<RET>

Return FIL to monitor mode.

!:KJOB FIL<RET>

Log out FIL.

!:EXIT<RET>

Cause OPSER to exit to the monitor.

The example above shows how to log in a subjob, give it a name, run a
system program,
and log out the subjob. Once the concept of subjobs
is understood, it is simple to give system commands and program
commands to a subjob.
The entire range of monitor and program
commands can be sent to a subjob as long as the command is preceded by
a subjob name or number followed by a hyphen.
This becomes very
important in explaining the service programs which are run under
OPSER.

5-3

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
To <CTRL/C> a subjob, a <CTRL/A> must be used, since a <CTRL/C> under
OPSER is equivalent to
:EXIT. For example, to <CTRL/C> subjob FIL
which is running PIP, the command is:
!FIL-A<RET>
!

:<CTRL/A>
Whatever was being done under PIP would be allowed to finish,
subjob FIL would be put at monitor level.

and

the

A useful feature of OPSER is the ability to automatically execute a
predefined set of commands contained in a disk file.
This is known as
the AUTO feature of OPSER.
For example,
consider the following
sequence of commands:
:SLOG 2,167<RET>
:DEF FIL=<RET>
:-wHAT FIL<RET>
FIL-R PIP<RET>
FiLC-:-EXT=FILA. EXT, FILB. EXT<RET>
:STOP FIL<RET>
:KJOB FIL<RET>
If the above commands were placed in a file named FIL.ATO,
you could
accomplish exactly what was done manually in the example above by
entering the single OPSER command:
:AUTO FIL<RET>
Commands included in a file named OPR.ATO are
whenever the system is loaded.

automatically

OPSER is used to control a large part of system
important that you become proficient in its use.

5.3

executed
It

others

are

operation.

OPSER COMMANDS

Some OPSER commands are available to all users
available only to those with OPERATOR privileges.

5-4

while

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
5.3.1

OPSER Commands for the Operator

OPSER commands that are available to you at the operator's console are
the following:
:JCONT n

Continues job n that was waiting for operator
action.

:KSYS hh:mm
:KSYS +hh:mm
:KSYS

stops timesharing at the time specified by
hh:mm.
This must be at least five minutes
later than the current time.
If +hh:mm is
used,
it means the number of hours and/or
minutes from the current time and must be at
least five minutes.
All users logging in
receive a message stating the time at which
timesharing
will
end.
Logged-in users
receive similar messages when the
:KSYS
command is given, one hour before timesharing
ends, then at 30, 15, 8, 4, 2, and 1 minutes
before timesharing is scheduled to stop.
The
messages are of the form:
TIMESHARING ENDS
IN n MIN.
:KSYS works only for a [1,2] job
running at the OPR terminal.
Note that :KSYS without an argument undoes
the effect of :KSYS hh:mm or :KSYS +hh:mm.
The colon in the time specification
optional; both hh:mm and hhmm are valid.

:RESTRICT dev:, ...

restricts the specified devices
to
the
operator's use.
The operator can assign the
devices to a user,
but the user cannot
reassign them to anyone but the operator.

:SET BATMAX n

(n)
of batch jobs
sets the maximum number
The range of n
that can run simultaneously.
is 0 through 14 inclusive.

:SET BATMIN n

(n)
of batch jobs
sets the minimum number
The range of n
that can run simultaneously.
is 0 through 14 inclusive.

:SET LOGMAX n

sets the maximum number (n) of jobs that
run on the system.

:SET RUN CPUn
:SET RUN NO CPUn
:SET RUN ONLY CPUn
:SET RUN ALL

allows the
operator of a multiprocessor
system to turn processors on- and off-line.
The n is the CPU number
(0 or 1).
The
command :SET RUN adds the named processor to
the system pool of running CPUs.
The :SET
RUN NO command removes the named CPU from the
system pool.
The
:SET RUN ONLY command
allows only the named CPU to run.
The
:SET
RUN ALL command puts all the CPUs available
into the system pool.

:SET argument

simulates the monitor command .SET argument,
where argument is one of the following:
BREAK, CORMAX, CORMIN, DATE, DAYTIME, MEMORY,
NOMESSAGE, OPR, SCHED, TTY, or VMMAX.

:UNRESTRICT dev:

Returns to the free user resource pool a
device that has been restricted.
: UNRESTRICT
is the complement of :RESTRICT.
5-5

can

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE

5.3.2

OPSER Commands for All Users

The following OPSER commands are available to all users of the system:
processes the commands contained
specified file immediately.

:AUTO filespec

the

:AUTO /hhmm filespec
processes the specified file at the next
occurrence of hhmm today.
If it is past hhmm
today,
the
file
will
be
processed
immediately.
:AUTO /<hhmm filespec
processes the specified file at the next
occurrence of hhmm today.
If it is past hhmm
today, the file will not be processed.
:AUTO />hhmm filespec
processes the specified file at the next
occurrence of hhmm.
If the current time is
past hhmm, the file will be processed at hhmm
tomorrow.
iAUTO /+ hhmm filespec
processes the file hh hours
later.

and

minutes

NOTE
In the above conunands, "filespec" stands for
file specification and consists of a device,
file name, file extension,
and a directory
name in the form:
dev:file.ext[PPN]
where:

: CLOSE

dev:

is any valid input device
The default is DSK:.

file

stands for any 1- to 6-character
file name.
There is no default.
You must supply a file name .

. ext

is any 1- to 3-character file
name extension.
The default is
.ATO.

[PPN]

is the
directory
area
that
contains the file.
The default
is the directory indicated by the
project-programmer number
[PPN]
you used to log in.

name.

closes the disk log file without opening a
new one.
(The disk log file is a transaction
file where OPSER logs its activities.)

5-6

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
: CONTINUE

continues processing the AUTO file after
being interrupted by a <CTRL/C>.
This allows
the operator to gain control of a sub job
during AUTO file processing.

: CURRENT

types the name of the current subjob if one
has been defined; if a current subjob has not
been defined, it types the number of the
current subjob (the last one typed in) .

: DAYTIME

types the current date and time.

:DEFINE xxx=n

gives subjob n the name xxx,
which may be
from one to six characters long.
In general,
short names are recommended.
The subjob
number
may be omitted from the command
string, in which case OPSER assumes the last
subjob you referenced.
RESTRICTIONS
The first character of the name must be
alphabetic and the second through sixth (if
any) must be alphanumeric.
The subjob name
"B" is reserved as the mnemonic for BATCON
and should not be assigned to any other
subjob.

:DEVICE dev:log:n

causes OPSER to exit to the monitor,
where
you can ASSIGN the device (dev:) on subjob
(n) and also associate a logical name
(log)
with
that device.
The logical name is
optional, but if you omit it, you must tell
OPSER.
You do this by typing a colon (:)
where the logical name would have appeared,
for example, :DEVICE MTB: :4.
If you issue a
.REENTER command before returning to OPSER,
you will abort the .ASSIGN command. When you
are ready to return to OPSER, type :CONT.

: ERROR n, m, ...

silences all output except error messages
from subjobs n,m,
and so on.
The :REVIVE
command will resume reporting all messages.
When OPSER is first started, :REVIVE is in
effect.

:EXIT or <CTRL/C>

exits to
active.

: FREE

types the number of the first unused subjob.

: HELP

types a text briefly explaining the
and their formats.

:KILL n,m, ...

see :KJOB.

:KJOB n, m, ...

logs out the specified subjobs n, m,
and so
on,
saving all their files.
Also, the /Z
switch is passed to the KJOB program in order
to
suppress the normal queuing done at
log-out time.

:LOGIN PPN

logs in a new sub job under project programmer
number PPN.
If PPN is not given, OPSER's
project-programmer number is assumed.
5-7

the

monitor

sub jobs

are

commands

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
: MONITOR

exits to the
active.

:MSGLVL n

determines whether or not the job status
(JOBSTS)
bits appear in the response to the
:WHAT command.
If n equals 0, the job status
bits are included in the :WHAT output.
If n
equals 1 (default), the :WHAT output does not
include these bits.
The actual letters typed
out represent the following:
L for
M for
I for
o for
A for

monitor

even

subjobs

are

logged in
monitor mode
input wait
output wait
JACCT

:QUEUE line

initiates the first free subjob and sends the
line as a QUEUE command to the monitor.

: RESOURCES

lists the available system resources.

: REVIVE n, m, ...

clears
the
effects
of
the
: SILENCE,
: TSILENCE, and :ERROR commands for subjobs n,
m, and so on, and causes normal echoing or
output
from them.
When OPSER is first
started, the :REVIVE command is in effect.

:SCHED

types out the schedule bits
operator.
The bits are:

set

the

000000 Regular timesharing
000001 No further LOG INs except from CTY
000002 No
further
LOG INs
from
remote
terminals,
and no answering of data
sets
000004 Batch jobs only
000200 Unspooled jobs allowed
000400 No operator coverage
:SEND line

simulates the monitor SEND command. Refer to
the TOPS-10 Operating System Commands Manual
for more information.

: SILENCE n, m, ...

suppresses all terminal and transaction
output from subjobs n, m, and so on.

:SLOGIN p,pn

same as
:LOGIN, but also
silences
all
terminal output until the job is logged in.

:STOP n,m, ...

puts the subjobs n, m, and so on into monitor
mode.

:SYSTAT xxx

runs SYSTAT with the optional arguments xxx
under the first free subjob. For argu.ments,
see the TOPS-10 Operating System Commands
Manual.

:TIME n

t¥pes out the total running time for job n
Slnce the last :TIME n command, followed by
the integrated product of running ·time and
core size.

5-8

log

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
:TLOG dev:file.ext[PPN]
closes the current OPSER transaction log,
if
any, and opens a new log file.
If no file is
designated, the default is DSK:OPSER.LOG.

5.4

:TSILENCE n,m, ...

suppresses all terminal output from subjobs
n,
m, and so on, but continues output to the
transaction log.

:TTYTST

types out a test pattern consisting of the
ASCII characters corresponding to octal 40
through 174 inclusive.

:WHAT n,m, ...

types the status of the specified subjob(s).
This typeout includes a SYSTAT of each job
with the current time, the time of the last
input and the last output, a linear listing
of the JOBSTS bits (if MSGLVL is set to 0),
and the time of the next timed AUTO file.

:WHERE devn:

types the physical location
node/station
number of the device dev in subjob n.

OPSER OPERATOR MESSAGES

The following
terminal.

messages

from

OPSER

can

appear

your

operator

?OPRATE Auto file read error
OPSER encountered a read error while it was trying to process the
auto file.
?OPRANI Device cannot do input
Input cannot be performed on the specified device, either because
it is not a valid device name, or because it is a device that can
only do output.
?OPRBFS Bad file spec
There is a syntax error in the file specification.
?OPRBTS Bad time specified
There is a syntax error in the time specification.
See Section
5.2.1 for information about the format of the OPSER commands.
?OPRCKJ Cannot be KJOB'ed
OPSER is unable to log the job out.
is a job being over quota.

5-9

One cause of this

condition

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
?OPRCMM Cannot be put in monitor mode
The operator attempted to return to the monitor
(:EXIT or
<CTRL/C> but was unable to do so even after several tries.
This
condition indicates a system or a program problem.
?OPRCNU Command not unique
The operator has entered an abbreviation that does not specify
unique command.

?OPRCUA Cannot use all
The operator typed a command with "ALL" as the argument. Certain
commands do not accept "ALL" as an argument
(for example,
:DEFINE). Refer to Section 5.2.1 for information about the OPSER
operator commands.
?OPRDCO Device cannot do output
The device specified in
device.

the

:TLOG

command

not

output

accounting.

%OPRDNR DAEMON not running
The DAEMON program has not been initialized.
?OPRDUE DAEMON UUO error
error occurred when OPSER called
Consult the system administrator.

DAEMON

%OPRFMM :KSYS has a minimum of 5 min.
The operator specified an argument that was too small for the
:KSYS command.
The value of the "+hh:mm" form of the command
must be +00:05 or greater.
The value of hh:mm form of the
command must be at least five minutes later than current time.
See Section 5.3.1 for details about the format of this command.
?OPRJNA No job number assigned
This message generally occurs in response to the
: WHAT command.
It happens in cases where the monitor does not know about the
subjob specified in the command.
?OPRJRO Job(s) running on n,m, ...
Type ":Kill all" to kill the subjobs
The operator tried to :EXIT or <CTRL/C> from OPSER from subjobs
n,m, and so on were active.
The subjos must be killed first.

5-10

OPSER COMMAND LANGUAGE
?OPRLEF Enter failure code on log file
open

the

subjobs

were

There are no more pseudo-terminals (PTYs) available
to run subjobs.

under

which

enter failure occurred when
transaction log file (:TLOG).

OPSER

tried

?OPRNAS No active subjobs
The operator issued a command to a subjob
running.

but

?OPRNFP No free PTY's

?OPRNFS No free subjobs
This message occurs in response to either the :FREE command or a
command that uses a free subjob (such as :QUEUE).
It happens
when there are no free subjobs available.
?OPRNSM No such mnemonic
The name specified in the command is not associated with any of
the subjobs.
This is either because it was typed incorrectly or
because the name had not previously been associated with a subjob
by means of the :DEFINE command.
[OPRPAF Processing auto command file]
OPSER is currently process~ng the auto file.
?OPRSJW

Is stuck with JACCT on

The operator tried to return to the monitor (:EXIT or <CTRL/C»
This
but was unable to do so,
even after several tries.
condition indicates a system or program problem.
?OPRSNA Subjob n is not active
A command was given to subjob n and that subjob is not active.
%OPRSPR superseding previous :AUTO request
The operator issued another : AUTO command.
supersedes the one previously issued.

5-11

This

new

command

APPENDIX A
OPR ERROR MESSAGES

This appendix lists error messages you may encounter while using
as well as the reason for the error and recovery procedures.

aPR,

Ambiguous

ERROR:

Reason:

You issued an aPR command, but did not complete it.
For example,
you may have left out the necessary
keyword or switch that would make the command execute
properly.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype 'the command and
the necessary keyword or switch.

ERROR:

Reason:

Same as above.

Recovery:

Same as above.

ERROR:

Reason:

You gave a command but the command syntax is not valid.

Recovery:

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a device name (name:) in an aPR command
that is currently not recognized by the system.
Such
devices are tape drives or disk drives.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and specify a
device name that the system acknowledges. Give the
SHOW STATUS command to find those devices that the
system recognizes.

then

specify

Ambiguous switch or keyword

CONFIRMATION Required

Device Name name:

A-I

Does Not Exist

OPR ERROR MESSAGES
Does not match switch or keyword

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a switch or keyword for an OPR command
that can not take the switch or keyword specified.

Recovery:

Type the command again and then specify a valid
or keyword for that command.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an OPR command that takes a
file
specification as a keyword or value to a switch, but
did not specify the file name.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and
the file name.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an OPR command that takes a
file
specification as a keyword or value to a switch, but
the file was not found.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and
the correct file specification.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a keyword or switch value that must be
numeric,
but the first character is alphabetic or is a
special character.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify a
numeric keyword or switch value with any numeric
characters.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a device with an illegal character in its
name or you did not include the colon (:) at the end of
the device name.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the device name with the correct characters and include
the colon (:).

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an invalid OPR command as
the HELP command.

Recovery:

Give the HELP HELP command to get a list
keywords (OPR commands) to the HELP command.

switch

Filename was not specified

then

specify

File not found

then

specify

First nonspace character is not a digit

Invalid device terminator

Invalid HELP command specified

A-2

keyword
of

valid

OPR ERROR MESSAGES

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a guide word that does not pertain to the
OPR command that you specified,
you misspelled the
guide word, or you used recognition and then typed
<CTRL/H> before you pressed <RET>.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command.
If you must have
guide words with the OPR command, use recognition with
the ESCape key.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a node name or number to the INODE switch
for a node that has not been enabled, does not exist,
or has been misspelled.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct node name or number to the INODE switch.
You might have to ENABLE the node before you reissue
the command.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a node name or number in an OPR command,
but did not specify the double colon <::> at the end of
the name.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and include the
two colons.
Some OPR commands will provide the two
colons after the name or number,
if you press the
ESCape key after typing the node name.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an invalid OPR command.

Recovery:

Type a question mark to the OPR prompt to get a list of
valid OPR commands.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an OPR command, such as HOLD or RELEASE,
but did not give one of the necessary arguments.
The
necessary arguments are the request-id-number,
the
project-programmer number, or an asterisk.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and include one of
the required arguments to the command.

Invalid guide word

Invalid node name

Invalid Node Terminator

Invalid OPR command specified

Invalid token found

A-3

OPR ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a wildcard character (* or %)
within
file specification for a keyword or switch value.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the file specification without any wildcard characters.
OPR/ORION does not accept wildcard characters within a
file specification.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a negative number for a device or
number.
OPR does not accept negative numbers.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify a
positive integer as a device or stream number.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a file name as a keyword or switch value,
but the file name does not exist as you specified it.

Recovery:

Type .<CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct file name as the keyword or switch value.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a file type as a keyword or switch value,
but the file type does not exist as you specified it.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct file type as the keyword or switch value.

ERROR:

? Not a quoted string - does
quote

Reason:

You specified a message text, but did not
within double quotes ("message text") .

Recovery:

Type <CTRLiH>, or retype the command and then specify
the message text within the required double quotes.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified too many keywords or switches to an OPR
command.
OPR expected a carriage return after one of
the keywords or switches specified.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>; OPR retypes the command up to the point
where carriage return is expected.
Then press <RET>.

Invalid wildcard designator
a

Negative number improper
stream

No such filename

No such file type

not

begin

with

double

include

Not confirmed

A-4

OPR ERROR MESSAGES

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified the BACKSPACE or
with the /FILE switch and a
than 1.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>; OPR retypes the command up to the point
where you entered the number of files.
You can then
enter 1 or press <RET>.
The /FILE switch defaults
to 1.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified a priority number in the SET JOB-PRIORITY
command that is not in the range from 1 to 63.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify a
priority number from 0 to 63.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified too
many
characters
in
a
name
specification to the /NODE switch.
The /NODE name can
have only from one to six alphanumeric characters.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then specify
the correct node name for the /NODE switch. The name
must be six characters or less.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and then supply
the two colons at the end of the node name/number.

ERROR:

Reason:

You specified an OPR command that requires an argument
of date and/or time, such as the SET USAGE command.

Recovery:

Type <CTRL/H>, or retype the command and supply the
date and/or time as an argument.
To check whether the
date and/or time is needed give the "?" command to list
your options.

Only one file allowed

FORWARD SPACE command
numeric value greater

Priority not in range

Too many characters in node name

Value missing in date/time

A-S

INDEX

-A-

ABORT command, 2-2
ALIGN command, 2-5
Aligning printer forms, 2-5
Allowing access to structures,
2-143
Altering memory configuration,
4-20
ATTACH CPU command, 4-2
ATTACH DEVICE command, 4-3
ATTACH disk-unit command, 4-4
ATTACH JOB command, 4-5
Attaching devices, 4-3
Attaching disk, 4-4
Automatic OPR, 2-140
-B-

BACKSPACE command, 2-7

-cCanceling requests, 2-9
CATALOG
DELETE command, 3-4
DISABLE command, 3-5
ENABLE command, 3-6
HELP command, 3-7
INSERT command, 3-9
LIST command, 3-12
MODIFY command, 3-13
RETURN command, 3-16
SHOW command, 3-17
Changing CORMAX, 4-14
Changing CORMIN, 4-15
Changing OPR terminal, 4-24
Changing requests, 2-46
Changing system date, 4-18
Changing system lists, 2-46
Changing system parameters, 4-1
Changing system schedule, 4-25
Changing system time, 4-19
Closing ORION log file, 2-12
Commands
reprinting faulty, 1-5
to subjobs, 5-2
CONFIG
ADD command, 3-20
ALLOCATE DUMP-BUFFER command,
3-23
AUTO-CONFIGURE command, 3-24
LOAD command, 3-25
REMOVE command, 3-26
RETURN command, 3-28
SET command, 3-29
SHOW command, 3-33
SHUTDOWN command, 3-35
SNAPSHOT command, 3-36

Connecting to specified jobs, 4-5
CONTINUE command, 2-14
Controlling batch output, 2-146
CTRL/H, 1-5
-D-

Debugging system program, 4-13
DEFINE FILE-ACCESS command, 2-16
DEFINE NETWORK-QUEUE command,
2-17
DEFINE NODE command, 2-18
Defining
FAL accessibility, 2-16
nodes, 2-18
remote printers, 2-17
DETACH DEVICE command, 4-7
DETACH disk-unit command, 4-9
Detaching devices, 4-7
DISABLE command, 2-22
Dismounting structures, 2-27
Displaying
batch control files, 2-109
date and time, 2-129
device information, 2-123
mountable device allocations,
2-107
node routing tables, 2-122
operators, 2-114
outstanding messages, 2-111
system information, 2-106,
2-123
system lists, 2-127
-E-

Enabling system features, 2-29
Entering command subsets, 2-34
Exchanging disk packs, 4-32
Executing OPR, 2-140
EXIT command, 2-35
-F-

Forward spacing pages, 2-36
-H-

HELP, 1-3, 1-6
HELP command, 2-38
HOLD command, 2-40
Holding requests in queue, 2-40
-I-

Identifying tape mounts, 2-42
INITIA command, 4-10

Index-1

-Q-

-L-

LCP
CLEAR command, 3-42
RETURN command, 3-44
SET command, 3-45
SHOW command, 3-48
START command, 3-51
STOP command, 3-52
ZERO COUNTERS command, 3-53
Leaving OPR command level, 2-35
LOCK command, 2-44
Logging in subjobs, 5-3

QUOTA
ADD command, 3-57
DELETE command, 3-59
HELP command, 3-60
LIST command, 3-61
MODIFYcommand, 3-62
RETURN command, 3-64
SHOW command, 3-65
-RRecognizing labeled volumes, 2-54
Releasing requests in queue, 2-56
Remote node specification, 1-2
Removing
disks, 4-9
structures, 2-44
Reporting to error file, 2-,58
Reprinting pages, 2-7
Rescheduling requests, 2-60
Responding to messages, 2-63
Restricting the use of a device,
2-65
Returning a device to general use,
2-145
Routing output requests, 2-66

-MMODIFY command, 2-46
Modifying terminal
characteristics, 4-26
MOUNT command, 2-49
Mounting structures, 2-49
Moving to another context, 2-53
Multiple operators, 1-3
-NNEXT command, 2-51
Non-privileged OPSER commands,
5-6
NQC streams, 1-8

-8-

-0-

Obtaining subjob status, 5-3
Operator privileges, 1-1
Operator-privileged commands, 4-1
OPR, 1-2
syntax errors, 1-11
OPR command description headings,
2-1
OPR help, 2-38
OPR.ATO file, 5-1
OPSER
command, 5-5
command format, 5-2
controlling program, 5-1
messages, 5-9
prompts, 5-2
restrictions, 5-7
OPSER AUTO
feature, 5-4
OPSER subjobs, 5-1
ORION, 1-2
ORION to OPR messages, 1-9
-p-

Privileged OPSER commands, 5-5
PUSH command, 2-53

SCHED bits, 4-25
SEND command, 4-11
Sending messages, 2-69, 4-11
SET BATCH-STREAM command, 2-72
SET BREAK command, 4-13
SET CARD-PUNCH command, 2-75
SET command, 2-71
SET CORMAX command, 4-14
SET CORMIN command, 4-15
SET CPU command, 4-16
SET DATE command, 4-18
SET DAYTIME command, 4-19
SET FAL-STREAM command, 2-78
SET JOB command, 2-79
SET KSYS command, 2-80
SET MEMORY command, 4-20
SET NODE command, 2-83
SET NOMESSAGE command, 4-22
SET NQC-STREAM command, 2-85
SET OPR command, 4-24
SET PAPER-TAPE-PUNCH command,
2-86
SET PLOTTER command, 2-88
SET PRINTER command, 2-90
SET SCHED command, 4-25
SET SYSTEM command, 2-94
SET TAPE-DRIVE command, 2-96
SET TERMINAL TYPE command, 2-101
SET TTY command, 4-26
SET TTY restriction, 4-30
SET USAGE command, 2-103
SET VMMAX command, 4-31

Index-2

Setting
batch stream parameters, 2-72
card punch parameters, 2-75
job characteristics, 2-79
node parameters, 2-83
OPR terminal parameters, 2-101
paper-tape-punch parameters,
2-86
plotter parameters, 2-88
printer parameters, 2-90
tape-drive parameters, 2-96
usage accounting, 2-103
virtual memory limits, 4-31
SHOW ALLOCATION command, 2-107
SHOW command, 2-106
SHOW CONTROL-FILE command, 2-109
SHOW MESSAGES command, 2-111
SHOW NETWORK-QUEUE-NAMES command,
2-113
SHOW OPERATORS command, 2-114
SHOW PARAMETERS command, 2-116
SHOW QUEUES command, 2-119
SHOW ROUTE-TABLE command, 2-122
SHOW STATUS command, 2-123
SHOW SYSTEM command, 2-127
SHOW TIME command, 2-129
SHUTDOWN command, 2-130
Specifying
next request, 2-51
OPSER subjobs, 5-2
START command, 2-132

starting
OPSER, 5-1
programs automatically, 5-1
STOP command, 2-135
Stopping subjobs, 5-3
SUPPRESS command, 2-138
Suppressing device messages, 4-22
Suppressing printer form-feeds,
2-138
SUSPEND command, 3-37
-T-

TAKE command, 2-140
Time stamp, 1-9
TTYs, 5-1

-uUNLOCK command, 2-143
UNRESTRICT command, 2-145

-wWAIT command, 2-146
:WHAT ALL command, 5-3

-xXCHNGE command, 4-32

Index-3

TOPS-tO
Operator' 8 Command
Language Reference Manual
AA-HS99C-TB
READER'S COMMENTS

Your comments and suggestions help us to improve the quality of our publications.
For which tasks did you use this manual? (Circle your responses.)
(a) Installation
(b) Operation/use

(e) Training
(f) Other (Please specify.) - - - - - - - - -

Did the manual meet your needs? Yes D

No 0

Why? - - - - - - - - - - -

Please rate the manual in the following categories. (Circle your responses.)
Accuracy (product works as described)
Clarity (easy to understand)
Completeness (enough information)
Organization (structure of subject
matter)
Table of Contents, Index (ability to
find topic)
Illustrations, examples (useful)
Overall ease of use
Page Layout (easy to find information)
Print Quality (easy to read)

Excellent
5
5
5
5

Good Fair
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3

Poor Unacceptable
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1

5
5
5
5

4
4
4
4

3
3
3
3

2
2

1
1
1
1

2
2

What things did you like most about this manual? _____________

What things did you like least about this manual? _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Please list and describe any errors you found in the manual.
Page

Description/Location of Error

Additional comments or suggestions for improving this manual: __________

Name ___________________
Street _________________
City _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
State/Country _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Postal (ZIP) Code ___________

Job Title ____________________
Company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Department ________________
Telephone Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Date ______________________

Fold Here and Tape

Affix
Stamp
Here

DIGITAL EQUIPMENT CORPORATION
CORPORATE USER PUBLICATIONS
200 FOREST STREET MR01-2/L 12
MARLBOROUGH, MA 01752-9101

-------------

Fold Here